be_v find_v to_o be_v in_o a_o quite_o contrary_a estate_n to_o satan_n bind_v from_o seduce_v for_o in_o those_o age_n be_v infinite_a monstrous_a heresy_n and_o apostasy_n so_o well_o know_v to_o the_o learned_a that_o i_o spend_v not_o time_n to_o quote_v historian_n for_o beside_o the_o heresy_n afore_o touch_v there_o arise_v within_o the_o say_v thousand_o year_n viz._n about_o six_o hundred_o and_o odd_a after_o christ_n horrid_a mahumetism_n spread_v to_o this_o day_n over_o a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o world_n about_o which_o time_n the_o mystery_n of_o papal_a iniquity_n have_v wrought_v to_o a_o great_a height_n both_o increase_n for_o the_o general_a to_o this_o day_n both_o the_o one_o by_o their_o turkish_a war_n the_o other_o by_o their_o massacre_n have_v pour_v out_o a_o sea_n of_o saint_n blood_n now_o how_o can_v we_o say_v with_o any_o show_n of_o reason_n that_o satan_n be_v bind_v this_o while_n from_o seduce_v the_o world_n when_o he_o do_v so_o potent_o prevail_v 4_o where_o be_v the_o learned_a or_o the_o library_n to_o tell_v we_o of_o the_o rise_n or_o of_o the_o reign_v of_o the_o saint_n or_o martyr_n from_o sixty_o nine_o to_o one_o thousand_o sixty_o nine_o after_o christ_n 6_o if_o the_o thousand_o year_n begin_v at_o sixty_o nine_o year_n after_o christ_n and_o consequent_o end_v at_o one_o thousand_o sixty_o nine_o there_o have_v be_v since_o that_o a_o thousand_o sixty_o nine_o to_o this_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o two_o above_o five_o hundred_o and_o eighty_o year_n which_o five_o hundred_o and_o eighty_o year_n can_v be_v count_v a_o little_a season_n it_o be_v say_v rev._n 20.3_o after_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v expire_v satan_n shall_v be_v let_v loose_v a_o little_a season_n but_o by_o pareus_n his_o account_n of_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n at_o the_o thousand_o sixty_o nine_o year_n satan_n since_o that_o have_v be_v let_v loose_a five_o hundred_o and_o eighty_o year_n as_o we_o have_v say_v which_o can_v be_v reckon_v for_o a_o little_a season_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o satan_n bind_v as_o be_v saint_n john_n sense_n for_o it_o be_v above_o half_a as_o much_o as_o a_o thousand_o year_n seven_o and_o last_o if_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v so_o long_o since_o expire_v where_o and_o when_o since_o that_o expiration_n have_v appear_v that_o after_o a_o little_a season_n be_v gather_v together_o gog_n and_o magog_n encompass_v the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n upon_o a_o new_a seducement_n by_o the_o devil_n and_o be_v consume_v by_o fire_n from_o heaven_n upon_o which_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n begin_v sect_n iii_o the_o usefulness_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n to_o the_o point_n in_o hand_n touch_v the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n yet_o to_o come_v §_o 1_o have_v lay_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o proof_n of_o our_o thesis_n touch_v the_o glorious_a state_n of_o all_o thing_n upon_o earth_n yet_o to_o come_v in_o the_o twenty_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n now_o let_v we_o take_v all_o the_o bible_n afore_o we_o both_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n in_o order_n and_o hear_v what_o harmony_n they_o make_v as_o a_o anthem_n or_o prelude_v before_o that_o glorious_a scene_n begin_v the_o old_a testament_n lay_v down_o the_o ground_n of_o our_o hope_n the_o new_a testament_n now_o so_o long_o since_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n carry_v on_o our_o expectation_n to_o look_v for_o such_o a_o thing_n we_o shall_v cull_v out_o of_o the_o old_a testament_n those_o place_n that_o to_o our_o best_a light_n be_v most_o clear_a and_o have_v some_o touch_n of_o explanation_n out_o of_o the_o new_a testament_n §_o 2_o and_o great_a reason_n there_o be_v to_o take_v before_o we_o the_o old_a testament_n because_o the_o new_a testament_n in_o speak_v of_o this_o visible_a glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o be_v on_o earth_n refer_v we_o to_o the_o old_a as_o peter_n in_o 2_o ep._n chap._n 3._o v._n 13._o refer_v we_o to_o esa_fw-mi 65.17_o we_o say_v peter_n look_v for_o new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n according_a to_o his_o promise_n wherein_o dwell_v righteousness_n which_o promise_n be_v that_o of_o esa_n 65._o not_o to_o repeat_v thing_n speak_v afore_o here_o be_v mention_n of_o heaven_n in_o the_o plural_a the_o one_o empyrean_a heaven_n be_v unchangeable_a therefore_o heaven_n of_o pure_a manifestation_n of_o doctrine_n of_o pure_a practice_n of_o gospel_n order_n of_o a_o new_a state_n of_o the_o church_n of_o new_a people_n add_v to_o it_o of_o a_o renovation_n of_o all_o thing_n on_o earth_n must_v be_v understand_v it_o must_v be_v mean_v of_o such_o heaven_n as_o god_n will_v shake_v heb._n 12.26_o speak_v by_o a_o jew_n paul_n to_o the_o jew_n the_o hebrew_n after_o christ_n come_n and_o ascend_v at_o which_o time_n of_o his_o presence_n in_o the_o flesh_n though_o he_o shake_v down_o the_o veil_n viz._n at_o his_o passion_n and_o give_v the_o temple_n a_o shake_n by_o prophecy_n matth._n 24.1.2_o etc._n etc._n which_o tumble_v it_o down_o about_o forty_o year_n after_o his_o ascension_n yet_o he_o have_v not_o to_o that_o time_n shake_v down_o the_o veil_n off_o the_o jew_n heart_n 2_o cor._n 3._o nor_o have_v he_o to_o this_o day_n as_o sad_a experience_n testify_v no_o nor_o the_o jewish_a worship_n in_o their_o synagogue_n practise_v to_o this_o very_a time_n nor_o have_v he_o set_v up_o thing_n so_o as_o they_o must_v remain_v instead_o of_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v shake_v therefore_o peter_n promise_n of_o new_a heaven_n wherein_o dwell_v righteousness_n be_v yet_o unfulfilled_a a_o phrase_n too_o short_a to_o reach_v so_o high_a as_o to_o advance_v the_o commendation_n of_o the_o empyrean_a heaven_n as_o it_o be_v impertinent_a to_o tell_v we_o that_o there_o shall_v dwell_v righteousness_n where_o we_o well_o know_v be_v never_o any_o the_o least_o unrighteousness_n we_o expect_v and_o must_v expect_v by_o all_o circumstance_n upon_o that_o place_n such_o a_o fulfil_n of_o that_o promise_n as_o shall_v create_v or_o make_v new_a heaven_n on_o earth_n wherein_o dwell_v righteousness_n here_o below_o where_o former_o have_v be_v unrighteousness_n that_o place_n only_o can_v be_v say_v to_o be_v make_v new_a with_o the_o inhabitation_n of_o righteousness_n that_o former_o have_v no_o righteousness_n or_o little_o leave_v it_o be_v wear_v out_o in_o like_a manner_n the_o same_o peter_n in_o 2_o ep._n chap._n 1._o ver_fw-la 19_o speak_v of_o christ_n kingdom_n refer_v we_o to_o the_o old_a testament_n viz._n numb_a 24.17_o we_o have_v say_v he_o a_o more_o sure_a word_n of_o prophecy_n whereunto_o you_o do_v well_o that_o you_o take_v heed_n as_o unto_o a_o light_n that_o shine_v in_o a_o dark_a place_n until_o the_o day_n dawn_n and_o the_o daystar_n arise_v in_o your_o heart_n which_o be_v take_v out_o of_o that_o of_o number_n 24.17_o there_o shall_v come_v a_o star_n out_o of_o jacob_n etc._n etc._n out_o of_o jacob_n shall_v come_v he_o that_o shall_v have_v dominion_n etc._n etc._n at_o christ_n incarnation_n this_o star_n christ_n do_v arise_v on_o some_o of_o their_o heart_n when_o the_o star_n guide_v the_o wise_a man_n to_o go_v to_o the_o place_n of_o christ_n birth_n and_o there_o to_o worship_v he_o and_o after_o some_o few_o glean_n of_o people_n believe_v on_o he_o but_o this_o while_o he_o be_v but_o as_o a_o evening_n star_n peter_n say_v now_o after_o his_o ascension_n that_o the_o time_n be_v yet_o to_o come_v that_o he_o shall_v be_v a_o morning_n star_n a_o sun_n upon_o the_o heart_n of_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o it_o be_v strange_a if_o any_o wise_a man_n shall_v dream_v that_o at_o the_o same_o instant_a christ_n shall_v call_v the_o jew_n and_o come_v to_o the_o last_o judgement_n that_o in_o the_o same_o moment_n the_o black_a cloud_n of_o the_o day_n of_o doom_n shall_v cover_v the_o world_n and_o the_o daystar_n of_o the_o son_n of_o righteousness_n shall_v arise_v on_o the_o numerous_a people_n of_o the_o jew_n scatter_v in_o all_o nation_n thus_o in_o act._n 3.20_o 21._o we_o be_v refer_v to_o the_o prophet_n since_o the_o world_n begin_v to_o know_v and_o hope_v for_o the_o visible_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v one_o of_o which_o prophet_n to_o speak_v nothing_o of_o act_n 3._o have_v speak_v so_o much_o in_o the_o second_o book_n be_v enoch_n to_o who_o judas_n also_o refer_v we_o ver_fw-la 14_o 15._o and_o quote_v his_o word_n to_o supply_v the_o loss_n of_o his_o book_n enoch_n the_o seven_o from_o adam_n prophesy_v behold_v the_o lord_n come_v with_o ten_o thousand_o of_o his_o saint_n to_o execute_v judgement_n and_o convince_v all_o that_o be_v
christ_n but_o anon_o arianisme_n arise_v than_o papism_n mount_v up_o than_o the_o beast_n do_v arise_v the_o church_n be_v put_v into_o a_o wildernesse-condition_n the_o witness_n prophesy_v in_o sackcloth_n one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n which_o be_v not_o yet_o expire_v for_o they_o have_v not_o yet_o lie_v dead_a in_o the_o grave_a three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a 5_o ¶_o nor_o be_v that_o in_o the_o 18_o 19_o &_o 20._o verse_n yet_o fulfil_v that_o all_o idol_n be_v abolish_v that_o god_n have_v so_o shake_v the_o earth_n that_o he_o have_v make_v the_o inhabitant_n thereof_o to_o cast_v away_o all_o their_o idol_n and_o to_o hide_v themselves_o for_o fear_n the_o territory_n of_o the_o papacy_n extend_v over_o france_n spain_n italy_n part_n of_o the_o low_a country_n part_n of_o upper_a germany_n part_n of_o polonia_n part_n of_o the_o indies_n etc._n etc._n be_v full_a of_o idol_n and_o do_v open_o worship_v they_o as_o they_o say_v in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o sun_n the_o great_a shake_n of_o these_o be_v not_o till_o the_o witness_n have_v lie_v dead_a in_o the_o grave_a three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a revel_v 11._o and_o then_o be_v the_o great_a fall_n ibid._n ver_fw-la 11._o and_o when_o those_o thing_n be_v shake_v down_o than_o the_o thing_n that_o can_v be_v shake_v viz._n pure_a worship_n pure_o spiritual_a and_o pure_a saint_n shall_v remain_v unmoved_a heb._n 12.27_o §_o 6_o nor_o can_v it_o be_v rational_o imagine_v that_o these_o thing_n shall_v not_o be_v do_v till_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o the_o general_a judgement_n for_o then_o there_o be_v no_o time_n of_o establish_v of_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o lord_n house_n upon_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n no_o proceed_n of_o the_o word_n out_o of_o zion_n no_o run_v and_o hide_v from_o the_o presence_n of_o the_o lord_n for_o the_o sea_n and_o grave_a etc._n etc._n shall_v give_v up_o their_o dead_a and_o all_o good_a shall_v be_v turn_v into_o a_o eternity_n of_o absolute_a glory_n therefore_o the_o time_n of_o fulfil_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o promise_v of_o this_o second_o of_o isaiah_n be_v yet_o to_o come_v afore_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o the_o last_o general_a judgement_n &c_n judgement_n the_o diatribae_fw-la pars_fw-la 4._o of_o mr._n mede_n late_o come_v forth_o and_o come_v to_o my_o hand_n since_o i_o pen_v this_o eleven_o section_n i_o think_v it_o convenient_a to_o insert_v into_o the_o margin_n at_o least_o his_o judgement_n of_o this_o second_o of_o isaiah_n ver_fw-la 2_o 3_o 4._o which_o i_o will_v give_v you_o in_o his_o own_o word_n hill_n or_o mountain_n say_v he_o be_v state_n kingdom_n or_o society_n of_o man_n which_o consist_v of_o degree_n rise_v unto_o a_o height_n one_o above_o another_o be_v compare_v unto_o mountain_n raise_v above_o the_o ordinary_a plain_a and_o level_v of_o the_o earth_n the_o mountain_n of_o the_o lord_n house_n be_v that_o state_n and_o society_n of_o man_n which_o be_v call_v the_o church_n and_o people_n of_o god_n regnum_fw-la caelorum_fw-la the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n i._n e._n a_o kingdom_n who_o both_o king_n and_o king_n throne_n have_v their_o place_n and_o residence_n in_o the_o heaven_n these_o word_n therefore_o be_v a_o prophecy_n or_o prophetical_a promise_n of_o the_o glorious_a exaltation_n wonderful_a enlargement_n and_o unheard-of-prosperity_n of_o this_o society_n of_o man_n call_v the_o church_n above_o all_o state_n and_o society_n of_o man_n whatsoever_o the_o glory_n and_o exaltation_n be_v express_v in_o the_o word_n the_o mountain_n of_o the_o lord_n house_n shall_v be_v one_o day_n exalt_v you_o mount_v not_o only_o above_o the_o lesser_a hill_n but_o above_o the_o high_a mountain_n though_o at_o this_o time_n it_o be_v depress_v and_o trample_v under_o foot_n by_o the_o proud_a enemy_n thereof_o the_o enlargement_n be_v in_o the_o word_n all_o nation_n shall_v flow_v into_o it_o i._n e._n though_o at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o prophecy_n it_o be_v reduce_v to_o a_o small_a remnant_n yet_o the_o time_n be_v to_o come_v when_o it_o shall_v not_o only_o consist_v of_o one_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n as_o than_o it_o do_v but_o of_o all_o nation_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n the_o prosperity_n thereof_o begin_v to_o be_v describe_v from_o these_o word_n ver_fw-la 4._o they_o shall_v beat_v their_o sword_n into_o ploughshare_n etc._n etc._n i._n e_o though_o the_o great_a part_n of_o jacob_n be_v already_o captive_a and_o judah_n and_o jerusalem_n in_o a_o continual_a fear_n and_o no_o less_o danger_n of_o the_o army_n and_o invasion_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babel_n yet_o the_o time_n shall_v one_o day_n come_v that_o the_o people_n or_o church_n of_o god_n shall_v not_o only_o be_v the_o most_o exalt_a state_n upon_o the_o earth_n and_o the_o most_o ample_a and_o universal_a dominion_n that_o ever_o be_v in_o the_o world_n but_o the_o most_o peaceable_a quiet_a and_o flourish_a state_n that_o ever_o be_v since_o man_n be_v first_o create_v this_o be_v the_o prophecy_n but_o now_o come_v the_o question_n whether_o this_o as_o we_o have_v describe_v it_o be_v and_o have_v already_o be_v fulfil_v or_o whether_o if_o already_o any_o way_n fulfil_v whether_o it_o be_v not_o in_o part_n only_o perform_v and_o the_o full_a accomplishment_n reserve_v for_o time_n to_o come_v &_o c._n for_o here_o the_o church_n be_v to_o be_v establish_v on_o the_o top_n of_o mountain_n etc._n etc._n so_o that_o no_o other_o state_n shall_v overtop_n or_o overlook_v it_o much_o less_o trample_v it_o under_o foot_n now_o whether_o there_o be_v ever_o such_o a_o time_n when_o this_o be_v complete_o fulfil_v etc._n etc._n i_o leave_v it_o to_o any_o man_n indifferent_a judgement_n who_o can_v compare_v the_o description_n of_o the_o prophet_n with_o the_o story_n of_o fore_o past_a and_o present_a time_n in_o the_o time_n immediate_o after_o christ_n passion_n i_o think_v any_o man_n will_v grant_v the_o church_n then_o be_v neither_o visible_a nor_o glorious_a in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o persecute_v emperor_n when_o the_o church_n have_v take_v foot_n among_o the_o gentile_n and_o the_o nation_n begin_v to_o flow_v unto_o it_o it_o be_v a_o society_n indeed_o visible_a but_o not_o glorious_a i_o be_o sure_a it_o be_v not_o in_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n but_o the_o imperial_a mountain_n of_o rome_n not_o only_a overtopped_n it_o but_o over_o trample_v it_o under_o their_o foot_n in_o the_o time_n of_o constantine_n and_o thereabouts_o after_o three_o hundred_o year_n cruel_a persecution_n the_o sun_n seem_v as_o it_o be_v to_o break_v forth_o of_o a_o cloud_n but_o present_o that_o glory_n be_v eclipse_v and_o even_o the_o visibility_n of_o the_o church_n in_o a_o manner_n cover_v with_o the_o thick_a and_o a_o universal_o overspread_a cloud_n of_o aryanisme_n this_o arian_n cloud_n be_v no_o soon_o blow_v over_o but_o another_o great_a cloud_n of_o that_o fore-prophesied_n apostasy_n of_o the_o church_n begin_v to_o arise_v whereby_o the_o church_n glory_n be_v not_o only_o eclipse_v but_o at_o length_n again_o the_o visibility_n thereof_o whole_o overshaddow_v with_o the_o thick_a darkness_n of_o idolatrous_a antichristianisme_n until_o after_o a_o long_a day_n of_o darkness_n it_o please_v god_n of_o late_a somewhat_o to_o dispel_v the_o cloud_n etc._n etc._n and_o we_o hope_v when_o the_o cloud_n shall_v be_v whole_o consume_v by_o the_o beam_n of_o the_o sun_n of_o the_o gospel_n the_o church_n shall_v become_v not_o more_o visible_a than_o yet_o it_o be_v but_o far_o more_o glorious_a than_o ever_o hitherto_o it_o have_v be_v when_o the_o fullness_n of_o the_o gentile_n as_o st._n paul_n speak_v shall_v come_v in._n for_o we_o shall_v find_v in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o scripture_n that_o there_o be_v two_o sort_n and_o time_n of_o the_o call_v of_o the_o gentile_n first_o that_o which_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o rejection_n of_o the_o jew_n as_o st._n paul_n say_v to_o provoke_v they_o to_o jealousy_n such_o a_o calling_n as_o shall_v be_v in_o a_o manner_n occasional_a that_o god_n may_v not_o want_v a_o church_n the_o time_n the_o jew_n be_v to_o be_v cast_v out_o so_o rom._n 11.15_o the_o cast_v away_o of_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o reconcile_n of_o the_o world_n i.e._n the_o call_v of_o the_o gentile_n whence_o we_o may_v see_v that_o the_o apostle_n be_v not_o to_o preach_v christ_n to_o the_o gentile_n until_o be_v first_o offer_v to_o the_o jew_n they_o refuse_v he_o and_o this_o be_v that_o call_n of_o the_o gentile_n which_o hitherto_o have_v be_v many_o year_n but_o there_o be_v a_o second_o and_o more_o glorious_a call_n of_o the_o gentile_n to_o be_v find_v in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o scripture_n not_o a_o call_n as_o this_o be_v
same_o purpose_n apply_v hag._n 2.21_o 22._o by_o shake_v heaven_n and_o earth_n once_o more_o say_v he_o the_o prophet_n seem_v to_o mean_v in_o part_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o change_n not_o only_o of_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o people_n which_o be_v the_o earth_n but_o also_o of_o kingly_a power_n and_o humane_a majesty_n which_o be_v the_o heaven_n which_o place_n of_o haggai_n the_o apostle_n apply_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n heb._n 12.26_o 27.28_o 29._o of_o which_o application_n though_o part_n may_v comport_v with_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o spiritual_a which_o have_v ever_o be_v yet_o the_o rest_n seem_v to_o â—ooke_v as_o far_o as_o christ_n kingdom_n to_o come_v on_o earth_n for_o since_o haggais_n or_o paul_n time_n god_n never_o so_o shake_v the_o material_a heaven_n of_o orb_n and_o star_n or_o the_o metaphorical_a of_o royalty_n and_o majesty_n that_o the_o kingdom_n succeed_v as_o the_o text_n plain_o intend_v can_v not_o be_v move_v even_o as_o the_o close_a exhort_v to_o serve_v god_n acceptable_o because_o he_o be_v a_o consume_a fire_n be_v most_o like_a to_o peter_n exhortation_n 2_o pet._n 3._o to_o be_v holy_a in_o conversation_n because_o after_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o world_n by_o fire_n we_o shall_v have_v new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n the_o place_n seem_v to_o allude_v to_o and_o to_o prophesy_v from_o god_n shake_v of_o mount_n sinai_n that_o as_o at_o that_o time_n god_n shake_v his_o people_n out_o of_o egypt_n and_o separate_v they_o by_o divine_a law_n from_o all_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n to_o be_v a_o royal_a church_n by_o themselves_o so_o he_o will_v shake_v all_o the_o world_n of_o high_a and_o low_a one_o when_o he_o set_v up_o his_o last_o kingdom_n viz._n christ_n visible_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n and_o therewith_o make_v all_o new_a for_o say_v my_o author_n that_o same_o once_o more_o signify_v the_o remove_n of_o all_o former_a old_a thing_n in_o earth_n and_o heaven_n viz._n of_o custom_n of_o people_n and_o crown_n of_o kinglyhood_n and_o make_v all_o new_a with_o sanctity_n and_o spirituality_n in_o the_o quality_n though_o man_n and_o creature_n shall_v be_v in_o substance_n extant_a upon_o the_o earth_n according_a to_o their_o species_n or_o kind_n and_o his_o sovereignty_n in_o paramount_n glory_n rule_v all_o just_o as_o zachary_n have_v it_o chap._n 14._o verse_n 9_o and_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v king_n over_z all_z the_o earth_n in_o that_o day_n shall_v there_o be_v one_o lord_z and_o his_o name_n one_o that_o be_v as_o some_o learned_a expound_v there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o lord_n but_o the_o lord_n christ_n and_o his_o dominion_n shall_v be_v great_a than_o ever_o any_o be_v which_o the_o prophet_n malachy_n do_v notable_o survey_v chap._n 1._o verse_n 11._o in_o these_o word_n from_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o sun_n even_o to_o the_o go_v down_o of_o the_o same_o my_o name_n shall_v be_v great_a among_o the_o gentile_n etc._n etc._n chap._n iu._n concern_v the_o qualification_n or_o quality_n of_o this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n viz._n negative_o it_o be_v a_o state_n that_o be_v sinless_a sorrowless_a deathless_a superiorless_a etc._n etc._n temptationless_a timeless_a positive_o it_o be_v the_o restauration_n of_o the_o creation_n perfection_n of_o all_o quality_n confluence_n of_o all_o comfort_n preface_n to_o eternity_n with_o several_a other_o qualification_n by_o a_o natural_a and_o necessary_a consequence_n flow_v from_o these_o sect_n i._o it_o be_v sinless_a §_o 1_o and_o no_o wonder_n for_o it_o be_v not_o imaginable_a that_o the_o decease_a saint_n shall_v be_v raise_v and_o the_o live_v change_v to_o enjoy_v this_o glorious_a state_n on_o earth_n in_o christ_n kingdom_n with_o the_o least_o tincture_n of_o sin_n either_o of_o their_o own_o or_o other_o this_o be_v to_o bring_v the_o decease_a saint_n to_o their_o loss_n and_o the_o change_a state_n of_o the_o live_a will_v not_o be_v free_v from_o sin_n which_o will_v be_v their_o great_a sorrow_n which_o as_o the_o next_o section_n demonstrate_v can_v consist_v with_o this_o glorious_a state_n it_o will_v be_v a_o misery_n not_o a_o felicity_n for_o the_o soul_n of_o the_o decease_a to_o come_v out_o of_o supernal_a glory_n into_o a_o body_n of_o sin_n or_o for_o they_o or_o the_o change_v to_o be_v mix_v with_o the_o society_n of_o graceless_a man_n a_o mere_a regenerate_a estate_n not_o yet_o perfect_a lament_v that_o condition_n so_o long_o since_o as_o lot_n and_o david_n 2_o pet._n 2.7_o psal_n 120.5_o yea_o the_o latter_a complain_v of_o society_n with_o man_n of_o fair_a outside_n flatter_v with_o their_o lip_n and_o eat_a bread_n at_o his_o table_n but_o be_v not_o right_a at_o heart_n and_o our_o saviour_n warn_v his_o disciple_n as_o of_o a_o danger_n that_o they_o shall_v be_v among_o man_n that_o outward_o seem_v to_o be_v sheep_n but_o inward_o be_v wolf_n which_o this_o glorious_a state_n will_v not_o admit_v so_o then_o the_o huge_a augmentation_n of_o this_o kingdom_n or_o five_o monarchy_n shall_v not_o as_o in_o worldly_a monarchy_n cause_n pollution_n and_o corruption_n this_o shall_v be_v status_fw-la optimus_fw-la maximus_fw-la the_o big_a and_o best_a state_n that_o ever_o be_v or_o shall_v be_v on_o earth_n all_o suitable_a to_o a_o resurrection_n the_o place_n of_o scripture_n assert_v the_o sinlesseness_n of_o this_o time_n be_v very_o many_o and_o very_o clear_a so_o that_o i_o need_v but_o repeat_v they_o to_o convince_v the_o ingenuous_a reader_n ¶_o 1_o adam_n we_o know_v be_v create_v sinless_a according_a to_o the_o image_n and_o likeness_n of_o god_n to_o have_v dominion_n over_o all_o and_o to_o rest_v on_o the_o sabbath_n now_o this_o state_n of_o adam_n be_v apply_v by_o david_n ps_n 8._o to_o a_o future_a state_n of_o man_n which_o the_o apostle_n paul_n accommodate_v to_o our_o estate_n and_o rest_n in_o the_o inhabit_a world_n to_o come_v heb._n 2.5_o and_o chap._n 4._o verse_n 9_o as_o we_o have_v afore_o demonstrative_o expound_v those_o place_n if_o there_o be_v any_o difference_n it_o be_v in_o this_o as_o the_o apostle_n set_v it_o forth_o 1_o cor._n 15._o that_o our_o estate_n shall_v be_v better_o than_o he_o ¶_o 2_o num._n 30.5_o 6_o 8._o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n will_v bring_v thou_o into_o thy_o own_o land_n and_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n will_v circumcise_v thy_o heart_n and_o the_o heart_n of_o thy_o seed_n to_o love_v the_o lord_n thy_o god_n with_o all_o thy_o heart_n and_o all_o thy_o soul_n and_o thou_o shall_v return_v and_o obey_v the_o voice_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o do_v all_o his_o commandment_n which_o be_v speak_v of_o and_o to_o the_o jew_n long_o since_o decease_v be_v never_o yet_o so_o fulfil_v to_o they_o or_o any_o of_o that_o nation_n succeed_v they_o and_o therefore_o according_a to_o the_o truth_n of_o god_n must_v be_v fulfil_v to_o all_o the_o elect_a of_o they_o and_o of_o their_o posterity_n ¶_o 3_o isa_n 11.6_o the_o wolf_n shall_v dwell_v with_o the_o lamb_n etc._n etc._n and_o they_o shall_v not_o hurt_v etc._n etc._n for_o the_o earth_n shall_v be_v full_a of_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o lord_n as_o the_o water_n cover_v the_o sea_n which_o whether_o we_o understand_v of_o man_n or_o beast_n it_o argue_v a_o restauration_n to_o a_o estate_n like_o that_o of_o innocent_a adam_n and_o the_o reason_n add_v the_o glory_n of_o the_o cause_n as_o the_o thing_n be_v a_o most_o glorious_a effect_n that_o this_o innocent_a time_n shall_v follow_v upon_o a_o ocean_n of_o divine_a knowledge_n ¶_o 4._o isa_n 59.21_o this_o be_v my_o covenant_n my_o word_n and_o my_o spirit_n shall_v never_o depart_v from_o thou_o for_o ever_o ¶_o 5._o isa_n 35.8_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o highway_n and_o it_o shall_v be_v call_v the_o way_n of_o holiness_n the_o unclean_a shall_v not_o pass_v overdo_n it_o ¶_o 6._o isa_n 60.21_o thy_o people_n shall_v be_v all_o righteous_a ¶_o 7._o jer._n 32.40_o 41._o i_o will_v make_v a_o everlasting_a covenant_n with_o they_o that_o i_o will_v not_o turn_v away_o from_o they_o to_o do_v they_o good_a but_o i_o will_v put_v my_o fear_n into_o their_o heart_n that_o they_o shall_v not_o depart_v from_o i_o yea_o i_o will_v rejoice_v over_o they_o to_o do_v they_o good_a and_o will_v plant_v they_o in_o this_o land_n assure_o with_o my_o whole_a heart_n and_o whole_a soul_n see_v this_o great_a promise_n must_v be_v fulfil_v when_o the_o jew_n be_v settle_v in_o their_o own_o land_n ¶_o 8._o ezech._n 36.23_o to_o verse_n 30._o i_o will_v gather_v you_o from_o all_o country_n and_o bring_v you_o into_o your_o own_o land_n and_o i_o will_v sprinkle_v clean_a water_n upon_o you_o and_o you_o shall_v be_v clean_o from_o all_o
great_a a_o testimony_n as_o this_o of_o justin_n martyr_n may_v be_v bring_v concern_v any_o opinion_n among_o christian_n if_o you_o except_o the_o main_a article_n of_o our_o faith_n and_o the_o general_a consent_n of_o all_o the_o orthodox_n and_o in_o the_o age_n next_o the_o apostle_n be_v no_o small_a argument_n or_o prejudice_n against_o the_o contrary_a opinion_n or_o succeed_a age_n it_o seem_v the_o heretic_n of_o those_o time_n especial_o or_o indeed_o only_a believe_v it_o not_o and_o that_o for_o some_o private_a respect_n because_o admit_v thereof_o they_o must_v needs_o also_o confess_v a_o resurrection_n of_o the_o flesh_n and_o that_o the_o same_o god_n that_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o law_n and_o prophet_n be_v also_o the_o father_z of_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n i_o be_o sure_a cerinthus_n that_o arch-heretick_n in_o those_o day_n who_o after_o age_n do_v make_v the_o first_o broacher_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v never_o tax_v for_o it_o by_o they_o who_o have_v diligent_o note_v his_o heresy_n and_o perhaps_o if_o he_o have_v any_o sensual_a conceit_n hereal_a out_o as_o it_o seem_v he_o have_v he_o be_v behold_v to_o judaisme_n for_o it_o and_o he_o himself_o be_v a_o jew_n it_o be_v not_o take_v notice_n of_o in_o he_o but_o for_o a_o hristian_n to_o have_v such_o dote_a imagination_n it_o will_v render_v he_o more_o wild-headed_a yet_o no_o man_n ought_v to_o he_o blame_v for_o maintain_v a_o truth_n in_o a_o jew_n company_n either_o in_o this_o matter_n or_o any_o else_o if_o with_o heed_n be_v pass_v by_o those_o gross_a fantasy_n which_o do_v blemish_v the_o truth_n more_o deserve_o may_v we_o find_v fault_n with_o dionysius_n and_o his_o follower_n the_o great_a impugner_n of_o this_o opinion_n who_o when_o about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o age_n the_o dispute_n about_o it_o grow_v very_o hot_a to_o lessen_v the_o authority_n of_o the_o revelation_n by_o the_o evident_a and_o undeniable_a proof_n whereof_o the_o matter_n in_o question_n be_v assert_v a_o foul_a impiety_n they_o father_v it_o upon_o i_o know_v not_o who_o yet_o one_o of_o the_o same_o name_n against_o the_o manifest_a witness_n of_o justin_n irenaeus_n and_o all_o the_o father_n afore_o they_o who_o inscribe_v it_o to_o john_n the_o belove_a disciple_n of_o christ_n and_o evangelist_n neither_o can_v hierome_n himself_o be_v excuse_v though_o a_o very_a learned_a man_n otherwise_o but_o easy_a to_o be_v deceive_v who_o with_o the_o same_o dionysius_n do_v upon_o a_o uncertain_a report_n false_o affix_v to_o the_o opinion_n of_o they_o who_o according_a to_o truth_n believe_v the_o thousand_n year_n happiness_n on_o earth_n the_o injury_n of_o circumcision_n the_o blood_n of_o sacrifice_n etc._n etc._n which_o old_a piece_n of_o judaisme_n or_o perhaps_o the_o dream_n of_o some_o heretic_n be_v gather_v out_o of_o a_o study_n of_o contention_n and_o ill_a will_n be_v patch_v to_o this_o opinion_n of_o the_o primitive_a church_n but_o if_o he_o certain_o know_v that_o the_o first_o christian_n and_o holy_a martyr_n do_v expect_v circumcision_n and_o sacrifice_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n how_o be_v he_o to_o be_v blame_v that_o condemn_v they_o not_o for_o it_o but_o leave_v every_o man_n to_o the_o freedom_n of_o his_o own_o judgement_n either_o to_o approve_v or_o dislike_v thereof_o as_o hierom_n express_v himself_o open_o §_o d._n but_o what_o countenance_n soever_o this_o opinion_n have_v or_o shall_v find_v in_o this_o age_n let_v i_o tell_v the_o reader_n this_o one_o thing_n that_o see_v there_o be_v so_o manifest_a prooâ—es_n of_o a_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n on_o earth_n out_o of_o the_o old_a testament_n there_o will_v be_v not_o better_o or_o ready_a way_n to_o deal_v with_o the_o jew_n in_o matter_n of_o their_o conversion_n than_o not_o to_o wrest_v the_o plaâ—ne_a prophecy_n of_o a_o second_o &_o glorious_a appearance_n of_o christ_n to_o his_o first_o come_v but_o rather_o to_o persuade_v they_o that_o they_o must_v expect_v no_o other_o messiah_n who_o shall_v fulfil_v all_o these_o promise_n expect_v what_o be_v to_o be_v expect_v beside_o that_o jesus_n of_o nazareth_n who_o their_o ancestor_n crucify_v and_o this_o way_n be_v every_o where_o almost_o insist_v upon_o throughout_o the_o whole_a revelation_n for_o while_o we_o force_v those_o most_o clear_a prophecy_n concern_v thing_n promise_v in_o the_o second_o come_v to_z his_o first_o coming_z the_o jew_n scorn_n and_o deride_v we_o and_o be_v more_o and_o more_o confirm_v in_o their_o infidelity_n but_o for_o the_o course_n which_o i_o have_v here_o set_v down_o i_o be_o much_o mistake_v if_o it_o be_v not_o the_o same_o which_o be_v observe_v among_o they_o by_o peter_n himself_o act._n 3_o 19_o 20_o 21._o repent_v you_o therefore_o and_o be_v convert_v that_o your_o sin_n may_v bee_n blot_v out_o when_o the_o time_n of_o refresh_v shall_v come_v from_z the_o presence_n of_o the_o lord_z and_o he_o shall_v send_v jesus_n christ_n which_o before_o waspe_n preach_v to_o you_o who_o the_o heaven_n must_v receive_v until_o the_o time_n of_o restitution_n of_o all_z thing_n which_o god_n have_v speak_v by_o the_o mouth_n of_o all_o his_o holy_a prophet_n since_o the_o world_n begin_v §_o e._n but_o i_o forget_v myself_o for_o indeed_o i_o think_v it_o more_o fit_a to_o publish_v what_o may_v be_v pious_o believe_v concern_v this_o tenent_n rather_o in_o another_o man_n sense_n and_o expression_n then_o in_o my_o own_o be_v more_o willing_a to_o learn_v then_o obtrude_v my_o own_o weakness_n to_o this_o end_n i_o have_v also_o collect_v he_o mean_v in_o his_o note_n on_o his_o translation_n of_o alsted_n put_v in_o the_o margin_n as_o i_o suppose_v what_o some_o of_o the_o most_o eminent_a divine_n of_o the_o church_n of_o england_n dr._n hakewell_n dr._n twisse_n mr._n mede_n etc._n etc._n that_o thou_o may_v not_o think_v it_o only_o a_o outlandish_a toy_n or_o fantasy_n of_o yesterday_o much_o less_o a_o savour_v of_o popery_n have_v think_v and_o publish_v concern_v this_o opinion_n beside_o the_o irrefragable_a judgement_n of_o divine_a tycho_n brahe_n and_o with_o he_o the_o determination_n of_o carolus_n gallus_n omit_v by_o alsted_n and_o not_o long_o since_o one_o of_o the_o state_n professor_n of_o divinity_n in_o the_o university_n of_o leyden_n §_o 4._o diatribe_v de_fw-fr mille_fw-fr annis_n apocalypticis_fw-la non_fw-la illis_fw-la chiliastarum_fw-la &_o phantastarum_fw-la sed_fw-la bb_n danielis_fw-la &_o johannis_n per_fw-la johannem_fw-la henricum_fw-la alstedium_fw-la francofurti_n 1627._o §_o a._n hunc_fw-la tractatum_fw-la fidelissimè_fw-la w._n burton_n cum_fw-la doct_n be_v suis_fw-la annotationibus_fw-la in_o margin_n juxià _fw-la positis_fw-la in_fw-la nostram_fw-la linguam_fw-la vernaculam_fw-la transtulit_fw-la §_o b._n be_v in_o priori_fw-la suâ_fw-la epistolâ_fw-la translationi_fw-la praefixâ_fw-la cùm_fw-la authori_fw-la tum_fw-la operi_fw-la tùm_fw-la etiam_fw-la subjecto_fw-la hoc_fw-la encomiasticum_fw-la per_fw-la hibet_fw-la testimonium_fw-la author_n erudition_n aequalis_fw-la censetur_fw-la aestimationis_fw-la cuilibet_fw-la scriptorum_fw-la recentium_fw-la transmarinorum_fw-la mult_fw-la be_v abbinc_fw-la annis_fw-la transactis_fw-la opus_fw-la est_fw-la exegesis_n vigesimi_fw-la capitis_fw-la apocalypsis_n subjecium_n ejus_fw-la est_fw-la splendentis_fw-la regni_fw-la in_o terrâ_fw-la christi_fw-la assertio_fw-la res_fw-la maximi_fw-la proculdubio_fw-la solaminis_fw-la ecclesiae_fw-la dei_fw-la &_o consolationis_fw-la non_fw-la i_o latet_fw-la apocalyptico_v plerumque_fw-la discursus_fw-la multis_fw-la obtrectationibus_fw-la esse_fw-la expositos_fw-la ipsamque_fw-la hanc_fw-la prophetiam_fw-la etiamnum_fw-la librum_fw-la fuisse_fw-la obsignatum_fw-la quum_fw-la verò_fw-la ego_fw-la ipse_fw-la multum_fw-la ex_fw-la hâc_fw-la illius_fw-la exegese_n satisfactionis_fw-la recepissem_fw-la statui_fw-la apud_fw-la i_o item_n dei_fw-la populum_fw-la ex_fw-la eâdem_fw-la aliquid_fw-la fructus_fw-la posse_fw-la emetere_fw-la quod_fw-la sanè_fw-la praecipuum_fw-la fuit_fw-la in_o causâ_fw-la i_o illam_fw-la omnium_fw-la publicam_fw-la fecisse_fw-la in_o epistola_fw-la ejus_fw-la secundâ_fw-la eidem_fw-la praepositâ_fw-la in_o hunc_fw-la modum_fw-la opinionis_fw-la nostrae_fw-la historice_n rationem_fw-la reddit_fw-la quam_fw-la brevibus_fw-la sic_fw-la accipite_fw-la liceat_fw-la mihi_fw-la bene_fw-la lector_n tibi_fw-la narrare_fw-la perpetuam_fw-la fuisse_fw-la opinionem_fw-la seculi_fw-la apostolis_n proximi_fw-la resurrectionem_fw-la fore_fw-la ante_fw-la illam_fw-la die_fw-la ultimo_fw-la generalem_fw-la beatamque_fw-la fidelium_fw-la conditionem_fw-la in_o terra_fw-la mille_fw-la annos_fw-la hoc_fw-la nos_fw-la edocebunt_fw-la tertullianus_n contra_fw-la martion_n irenaeus_n contra_fw-la haeres_fw-la nec_fw-la non_fw-la justinus_n martyr_n in_o dialog_n cum_fw-la tryph._n jud._n ut_fw-la prolixius_fw-la è_fw-it justino_n nos_fw-la anteà _fw-la citavimus_fw-la quibus_fw-la justini_n verbis_fw-la hanc_fw-la svam_fw-la addit_fw-la sententiam_fw-la nescio_fw-la inquit_fw-la and_o tantum_fw-la ut_fw-la hoc_fw-la justini_n testimonium_fw-la pro_fw-la aliquâ_fw-la christianorum_fw-la opinion_n exceptis_fw-la fundamentalibus_fw-la fidei_fw-la articulis_fw-la afferri_fw-la possit_fw-la generalis_fw-la autem_fw-la orthodoxorum_fw-la consensus_fw-la
have_v be_v say_v upon_o this_o text_n of_o 2_o thess_n 2._o with_o obtrude_a a_o sense_n upon_o it_o and_o devolve_v it_o upon_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n as_o if_o then_o be_v the_o just_a time_n of_o christ_n destroy_v antichrist_n by_o the_o brightness_n or_o appearance_n of_o his_o come_n for_o first_o this_o be_v to_o overturn_v the_o whole_a tenor_n of_o scripture_n that_o tell_v we_o distinct_o rev._n 17.16_o of_o the_o mean_n of_o the_o overthrow_n of_o antichrist_n viz._n that_o the_o ten_o horn_n or_o ten_o powerful_a dominion_n regality_n or_o imperiality_n shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n and_o shall_v make_v her_o desolate_a and_o naked_a and_o shall_v eat_v her_o flesh_n that_o be_v devour_v or_o destroy_v by_o a_o hebraisme_n imitate_v the_o hebrew_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o her_o flesh_n and_o not_o only_o her_o spiritual_a or_o moral_a estate_n and_o burn_v she_o with_o fire_n and_o the_o manner_n and_o measure_n and_o effect_n rev._n 18._o rev._n 19_o 19_o 20_o 21._o viz._n a_o millstone_n cast_v into_o the_o sea_n the_o cessation_n of_o all_o music_n mill_n and_o trade_n the_o extinguish_n of_o all_o candle_n be_v there_o use_v as_o type_n and_o sign_n of_o his_o destruction_n and_o the_o wail_n of_o king_n and_o merchant_n for_o his_o desolation_n be_v use_v to_o set_v forth_o the_o sequel_n thereof_o and_o then_o it_o be_v add_v express_o that_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o army_n be_v gather_v together_o to_o make_v war_n against_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o horse_n and_o against_o his_o army_n and_o the_o beast_n be_v take_v and_o with_o he_o the_o false_a prophet_n and_o be_v cast_v into_o a_o lake_n of_o fire_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o remnant_n be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n etc._n etc._n and_o all_o the_o soul_n be_v fill_v with_o their_o flesh_n all_o which_o thing_n shall_v find_v neither_o time_n nor_o place_n to_o be_v act_v at_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n 2_o there_o be_v a_o weighty_a consideration_n in_o this_o text_n of_o 2_o thess_n 2._o to_o evince_n that_o it_o can_v relate_v to_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n for_o than_o be_v the_o destruction_n of_o all_o the_o wicked_a of_o the_o world_n rev._n 22.10_o if_o any_o of_o antichrist_n precise_o understand_v as_o the_o brood_n of_o turk_n and_o pope_n be_v then_o extant_a they_o be_v swallow_v up_o and_o drown_v as_o to_o the_o enumeration_n among_o the_o crowd_n of_o hypocrite_n who_o shall_v then_o be_v judge_v condemn_v and_o execute_v as_o hypocrite_n as_o oft_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n be_v so_o describe_v matth._n 7.22_o mat._n 25.41_o mat._n 24.51_o but_o our_o apostle_n in_o this_o 2_o thess_n 2.8_o speak_v precise_o of_o the_o distinct_a destruction_n of_o antichrist_n as_o antichrist_n and_o therefore_o mention_n he_o and_o his_o brood_n in_o a_o singular_a phrase_n as_o a_o single_a man_n in_o vers_fw-la 3._o he_o be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o in_o the_o same_o verse_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o son_n of_o perdition_n vers_fw-la 4._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n that_o opposer_n vers_fw-la 8._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o same_o lawless_a one_o for_o if_o i_o may_v have_v leave_n to_o speak_v my_o notion_n then_o in_o precise_a consideration_n we_o may_v thus_o distinguish_v that_o as_o lapse_v adam_n with_o all_o wicked_a man_n consire_v in_o he_o rom._n 5._o be_v call_v the_o one_o and_o only_o first_o man_n 1_o cor._n 15._o and_o christ_n the_o second_o adam_n with_o all_o true_a christian_n reckon_v in_o he_o rom._n 6._o be_v call_v the_o one_o and_o only_o last_o man_n 1_o cor._n 15._o so_o antichrist_n be_v one_o middle_a person_n partly_o a_o man_n and_o partly_o a_o beast_n as_o it_o be_v oft_o in_o the_o revelation_n in_o who_o all_o antichristian_a man_n that_o be_v neither_o open_o wicked_a without_o all_o show_n of_o religion_n nor_o yet_o sincere_o christian_n be_v to_o be_v reckon_v as_o one_o with_o he_o as_o limb_n and_o trunk_n make_v but_o one_o body_n one_o antichrist_n so_o that_o as_o antichrist_n be_v a_o distinct_a thing_n in_o precise_a notion_n from_o the_o dirty_a open_a wicked_a so_o his_o destruction_n be_v distinct_a afore_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n for_o rev._n 11._o 13_o 15_o 18._o antichrist_n be_v destroy_v while_o christ_n have_v a_o kingdom_n distinct_a from_o the_o father_n ultimate_a kingdom_n and_o when_o the_o nation_n be_v angry_a at_o antichrist_n begin_v to_o fall_v and_o rev._n ch_n 18._o and_o c._n 19_o he_o fall_v afore_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v set_v up_o in_o rev._n 21._o and_o in_o c._n 20._o it_o be_v set_v forth_o as_o the_o cause_n of_o both_o that_o christ_n reign_v at_o least_o in_o and_o by_o his_o saint_n on_o earth_n a_o thousand_o year_n so_o that_o the_o appearance_n of_o christ_n destroy_v antichrist_n be_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n for_o christ_n appear_v as_o well_o at_o the_o beginning_n as_o the_o end_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n at_o the_o beginning_n for_o two_o main_a end_n the_o one_o for_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n zech._n 12._o rev._n 1.7_o the_o other_o for_o the_o destruction_n of_o antichrist_n as_o we_o have_v it_o in_o this_o 2_o thess_n 2.8_o which_o though_o it_o do_v not_o hold_v forth_o the_o last_o and_o ultimate_v general_a judgement_n yet_o it_o hold_v forth_o a_o day_n of_o judgement_n yea_o the_o beginning_n and_o preparation_n to_o that_o day_n of_o judgement_n set_v his_o sheep_n as_o matth._n 25._o on_o his_o right_a hand_n first_o speak_v comfortable_o to_o they_o for_o a_o thousand_o year_n to_o make_v they_o triumph_v on_o earth_n where_o they_o have_v be_v trample_v on_o and_o after_o at_o the_o end_n of_o that_o thousand_o year_n set_v the_o goat_n on_o his_o left_a hand_n condemn_v they_o at_o that_o time_n of_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n sect_n v._o of_o the_o five_o scripture_n for_o christ_n personal_a appearance_n at_o the_o great_a restauration_n of_o the_o church_n matth._n 26.29_o but_o i_o say_v unto_o you_o i_o will_v not_o drink_v henceforth_o of_o this_o fruit_n of_o the_o vine_n until_o that_o day_n when_o i_o drink_v it_o new_a with_o you_o in_o my_o father_n kingdom_n §_o 1_o this_o scripture_n be_v allege_v by_o mr._n burrough_n for_o one_o place_n to_o prove_v the_o appearance_n of_o christ_n personal_o at_o the_o thousand_o year_n it_o be_v true_a say_v he_o this_o place_n be_v usual_o interpret_v in_o a_o mystical_a sense_n but_o there_o be_v no_o reason_n why_o we_o may_v not_o take_v it_o in_o a_o literal_a and_o a_o little_a afore_o he_o say_v it_o be_v a_o good_a rule_n that_o all_o scripture_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v literal_o unless_o it_o make_v against_o the_o coherence_n of_o the_o text_n or_o against_o some_o other_o scripture_n §_o 2_o it_o may_v be_v some_o may_v think_v that_o common_o this_o place_n be_v understand_v of_o christ_n converse_v with_o the_o disciple_n after_o his_o resurrection_n but_o not_o so_o common_o for_o the_o most_o renown_a calvin_n marlorat_n grotius_n etc._n etc._n be_v against_o that_o §_o 3_o beside_o it_o be_v not_o say_v luke_n 24.42_o 43._o that_o he_o do_v drink_v with_o the_o disciple_n after_o his_o resurrection_n eat_v he_o do_v with_o they_o to_o show_v the_o verity_n of_o his_o humanity_n now_o rise_v but_o it_o be_v not_o say_v he_o drink_v as_o if_o he_o need_v it_o either_o for_o concoction_n or_o to_o allay_v some_o corporal_a passion_n of_o heat_n §_o 4_o it_o be_v true_a that_o it_o be_v say_v by_o peter_n act._n 10.41_o touch_v himself_o and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o apostle_n we_o do_v eat_v and_o drink_v with_o he_o after_o he_o rise_v from_o the_o dead_a which_o may_v signify_v their_o more_o familiar_a society_n with_o he_o as_o luk._n 13.26_o we_o have_v eat_v and_o drink_v in_o thy_o presence_n but_o do_v not_o assert_v christ_n drink_v it_o be_v say_v express_o we_o do_v eat_v and_o drink_v not_o that_o he_o do_v drink_v paul_n tell_v we_o 1_o cor._n 15._o the_o body_n be_v raise_v a_o spiritual_a body_n and_o christ_n be_v the_o first_o fruit_n of_o they_o that_o sleep_n which_o signify_v that_o after_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o body_n there_o be_v no_o need_n of_o drink_n though_o christ_n do_v then_o eat_v to_o show_v himself_o to_o be_v true_a man_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v general_o conceive_v that_o this_o cup_n matth._n 26.29_o be_v his_o 26.29_o his_o sumpto_fw-la poculo_fw-la renunciat_fw-la corporali_fw-la potioni_fw-la theophyl_n enâ—_n rat_n in_o matth._n 26.29_o last_o part_v cup_n that_o he_o drink_v in_o this_o present_a world_n as_o never_o more_o
which_o the_o apostle_n heb._n 2._o v._o 5_o 6_o 7._o etc._n etc._n expound_v of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o inhabit_a world_n to_o come_v as_o the_o greek_a be_v vers_fw-la 5._o and_o say_v that_o when_o christ_n be_v ascend_v yet_o then_o all_o thing_n be_v not_o put_v under_o his_o foot_n for_o all_o must_v be_v so_o all_o say_v the_o apostle_n there_o v._o 8._o that_o nothing_o must_v be_v except_v except_o as_o 1_o cor._n 15._o god_n himself_o but_o of_o this_o of_o heb._n 2._o abundant_o after_o §_o 2_o second_o we_o answer_v that_o it_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n his_o father_n because_o christ_n reign_v over_o it_o as_o in_o unspeakable_a union_n with_o the_o godhead_n that_o though_o he_o be_v but_o one_o person_n yet_o he_o have_v two_o nature_n so_o that_o the_o sense_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o my_o father_n that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o syriac_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v it_o iâ—_n the_o kingdom_n of_o a_o god-christ_n or_o a_o god-man_n christ_n for_o father_n be_v ascribe_v in_o scripture_n to_o the_o godhead_n usual_o in_o relation_n to_o christ_n incarnate_a so_o that_o because_o the_o two_o nature_n be_v join_v as_o colleague_n in_o one_o person_n over_o this_o empire_n therefore_o it_o be_v call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o god._n and_o such_o a_o phrase_n and_o upon_o such_o a_o occasion_n as_o clear_o relate_v to_o the_o kingdom_n whereof_o we_o speak_v do_v the_o apostle_n use_n eph._n 5.5_o the_o word_n be_v these_o this_o know_v that_o no_o whoremonger_n nor_o unclean_a person_n nor_o covetous_a man_n etc._n etc._n have_v any_o inheritance_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o god._n the_o heathen_n never_o imagine_v that_o vicious_a person_n shall_v enter_v into_o their_o heavenly_a elysian-field_n or_o the_o blissful_a immortality_n of_o soul_n and_o inheritance_n more_o suit_n to_o earth_n then_o heaven_n and_o last_o after_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n christ_n have_v no_o kingdom_n 1_o cor._n 15.28_o therefore_o this_o place_n of_o ephes_n 5.5_o relate_v to_o the_o great_a restitution_n as_o plain_o appear_v by_o paralel_v another_o place_n which_o full_o answer_v to_o that_o of_o ephes_n 5.5_o viz._n rev._n 22.11.15_o the_o word_n be_v these_o he_o that_o be_v filthy_a let_v he_o be_v filthy_a still_o without_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n the_o dog_n the_o whoremonger_n etc._n etc._n when_o be_v this_o viz._n in_o the_o time_n when_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o lamb_n shall_v be_v and_o appear_v glorious_a in_o the_o holy_a city_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n verf._n 1_o 2_o 3._o twice_o express_v there_o be_v also_o the_o like_a phrase_n of_o call_v it_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o of_o christ_n in_o effect_n rev._n 12.9.10_o and_o the_o great_a dragon_n be_v cast_v out_o that_o old_a serpent_n call_v the_o devil_n and_o satan_n etc._n etc._n and_o i_o hear_v a_o loud_a voice_n say_v in_o heaven_n now_o be_v salvation_n and_o strength_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o god_n and_o the_o power_n of_o his_o christ_n so_o that_o christ_n as_o man_z joint_o with_o god_n do_v reign_v in_o this_o millenary_a kingdom_n and_o therefore_o christ_n speak_v of_o new_a wine_n new_a in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o father_n before_o the_o ultimate_a â—ay_n of_o judgement_n for_o after_o that_o day_n christ_n have_v no_o kingdom_n nor_o power_n but_o lay_v down_o all_o as_o we_o have_v oft_o repeat_v it_o out_o of_o 1_o cor._n 15.28_o god_n the_o father_n be_v then_o to_o be_v all_o in_o all_o and_o therefore_o that_o expression_n so_o frequent_a in_o rev._n 20._o the_o saint_n hall_n reign_v with_o christ_n a_o thousand_o year_n can_v be_v mean_v of_o supernal_a eternal_a glory_n after_o the_o last_o judgement_n because_o that_o place_n but_o now_o quote_v of_o 1_o cor._n 15.28_o affirm_v that_o then_o christ_n himself_o be_v say_v not_o to_o reign_n but_o to_o lay_v down_o all_o and_o to_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o that_o put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o that_o god_n may_v be_v all_o in_o all_o so_o that_o then_o christ_n only_o enjoy_v glory_n with_o his_o saint_n not_o reign_n as_o christ_n in_o glory_n sect_n vi_o of_o the_o six_o scripture_n for_o christ_n personal_a appearance_n at_o the_o great_a restauration_n of_o the_o church_n 2_o tim._n 4.1_o i_o charge_v thou_o before_o god_n and_o the_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n who_o shall_v judge_v the_o quick_a and_o the_o dead_a at_o his_o appear_v and_o his_o kingdom_n §_o 1_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n here_o mention_v can_v be_v refer_v to_o his_o past_a government_n of_o the_o church_n for_o it_o be_v express_v in_o the_o future_a tense_n now_o so_o long_o since_o his_o ascension_n that_o he_o shall_v judge_v the_o quick_a and_o dead_a at_o his_o appearance_n and_o his_o kingdom_n §_o 2_o nor_o can_v this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n here_o speak_v of_o signify_v any_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n after_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n for_o then_o christ_n have_v no_o kingdom_n as_o but_o now_o and_o oft_o before_o be_v touch_v from_o 1_o cor._n 15.28_o §_o 3_o but_o when_o christ_n appear_v next_o to_o judge_v the_o quick_a and_o dead_a saint_n to_o reward_v they_o and_o to_o destroy_v the_o then_o live_v incurable_a and_o incorrigible_a wicked_a by_o a_o particular_a day_n of_o judgement_n at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n which_o be_v the_o preface_n to_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n christ_n all_o that_o while_n be_v busy_v in_o execute_v that_o first_o sentence_n of_o judicature_n matth._n 25._o come_v you_o bless_v of_o my_o father_n inherit_v a_o kingdom_n provide_v for_o you_o according_a to_o revel_v 11.15_o 17_o 18._o of_o which_o much_o after_o compare_v revel_v 19_o three_o last_o verse_n i_o say_v when_o christ_n shall_v then_o appear_v he_o shall_v have_v a_o kingdom_n §_o 4_o the_o word_n appearance_n be_v the_o same_o in_o the_o greek_a as_o that_o 2_o thes_n 2.8_o so_o that_o christ_n must_v appear_v to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n where_o this_o his_o kingdom_n be_v for_o the_o present_a as_o it_o be_v say_v luk._n 19.11_o 12._o by_o christ_n himself_o christ_n be_v go_v into_o a_o far_a country_n viz._n into_o heaven_n to_o take_v to_o he_o a_o kingdom_n that_o be_v in_o the_o metropolis_n heaven_n he_o be_v to_o be_v crown_v king_n of_o this_o his_o kingdom_n he_o be_v to_o have_v on_o earth_n but_o he_o be_v to_o return_v and_o then_o to_o take_v account_n of_o his_o servant_n in_o this_o his_o kingdom_n and_o to_o dignify_v the_o well-doer_n christ_n must_v be_v the_o five_o monarch_n dan._n 2.45_o dan._n 7.13_o 14._o i_o say_v christ_n be_v to_o be_v the_o five_o monarch_n the_o jew_n now_o have_v no_o king_n but_o in_o the_o last_o day_n they_o shall_v have_v david_n that_o be_v christ_n the_o son_n of_o david_n to_o be_v their_o king_n hos_n 3._o ver_fw-la 4_o 5._o and_o christ_n in_o act_n 1._o ver_fw-la 3._o have_v for_o forty_o day_n speak_v of_o the_o thing_n pertain_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o thereupon_o be_v ask_v by_o the_o disciple_n ver_fw-la 6_o of_o his_o restore_v the_o kingdom_n to_o israel_n he_o do_v not_o deny_v the_o thing_n but_o only_o refuse_v then_o to_o tell_v they_o the_o time_n when_o it_o shall_v be_v do_v but_o after_o he_o tell_v we_o by_o john_n in_o the_o revelation_n as_o we_o shall_v see_v abundant_o after_o sect_n vii_o of_o the_o seven_o scripture_n for_o the_o personal_a appearance_n of_o christ_n at_o the_o great_a restauration_n of_o the_o church_n act_n 3.19_o 20_o 21._o repent_v you_o therefore_o and_o be_v convert_v that_o your_o sin_n may_v be_v blot_v out_o when_o the_o time_n of_o refresh_a shall_v come_v from_o the_o presence_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o he_o shall_v send_v jesus_n christ_n which_o be_v before_o preach_v unto_o you_o who_o the_o heaven_n must_v receive_v until_o the_o time_n of_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n which_o god_n have_v speak_v by_o the_o mouth_n of_o all_o his_o holy_a prophet_n since_o the_o world_n begin_v §_o 1_o this_o place_n of_o scripture_n be_v the_o more_o considerable_a in_o that_o it_o be_v urge_v by_o some_o that_o look_v upon_o thing_n only_o with_o a_o cursory_a eye_n against_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n yet_o to_o come_v on_o earth_n which_o if_o well_o weigh_v speak_v most_o strong_o for_o it_o §_o 2_o for_o 1._o time_n and_o especial_o time_n twice_o mention_v in_o the_o plural_a can_v so_o well_o relate_v to_o a_o state_n after_o the_o last_o judgement_n when_o time_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o rev._n 10.6_o 7._o and_o the_o angel_n swear_v by_o he_o that_o live_v for_o ever_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v
he_o that_o shall_v endure_v to_o the_o end_n the_o same_o shall_v be_v save_v of_o the_o other_o sign_n he_o say_v they_o do_v not_o signify_v that_o the_o end_n be_v immediate_o at_o hand_n vers_n 6._o these_o sign_n shall_v be_v say_v christ_n but_o the_o end_n be_v not_o yet_o but_o now_o he_o come_v to_o speak_v of_o the_o sign_n of_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n viz._n that_o this_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d publish_v as_o by_o a_o herald_n and_o this_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n as_o point_v at_o this_o particular_a of_o the_o good_a news_n of_o the_o gospel_n that_o christ_n shall_v after_o all_o these_o dark_a cloud_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o wickedness_n have_v a_o kingdom_n on_o earth_n and_o then_o say_v christ_n shall_v the_o end_n come_v which_o must_v of_o necessity_n import_v one_o of_o these_o end_n and_o one_o of_o these_o way_n must_v be_v signify_v by_o the_o publish_n of_o the_o gospel_n in_o all_o the_o world_n that_o either_o the_o gospel_n shall_v be_v publish_v in_o all_o the_o world_n to_o jew_n and_o gentile_n as_o a_o sign_n immediate_o before_o the_o end_n of_o this_o present_a world_n that_o be_v before_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o the_o great_a restauration_n or_o that_o the_o full_a and_o effectual_a manifestation_n of_o the_o gospel_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o that_o restauration_n in_o those_o thousand_o year_n which_o paul_n call_v heb._n 2.5_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o inhabit_v world_n that_o be_v to_o come_v of_o which_o place_n much_o after_o as_o a_o fore-running_a sign_n of_o the_o ultimate_a general_a end_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n let_v the_o reader_n take_v which_o he_o please_v for_o either_o of_o they_o conclude_v for_o we_o that_o after_o this_o sign_n according_a as_o we_o interpret_v the_o sequel_n shall_v be_v the_o beginning_n or_o end_v of_o christ_n visible_a appearance_n to_o we_o on_o earth_n as_o it_o follow_v vers_fw-la 29._o then_o shall_v appear_v the_o sign_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n not_o for_o a_o mere_a short_a sentence_n of_o judgement_n but_o to_o gather_v his_o elect_a from_o the_o four_o quarter_n of_o the_o earth_n of_o which_o place_n much_o in_o sect._n 3._o of_o this_o 2_o book_n §_o 4_o to_o gather_v all_o into_o a_o apparent_a argument_n the_o sum_n and_o sign_n of_o all_o be_v this_o if_o christ_n in_o show_v the_o sign_n of_o his_o come_n the_o second_o time_n do_v clear_o distinguish_v between_o his_o next_o come_n and_o visible_a appear_v and_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o for_o that_o end_n give_v distinct_a sign_n of_o both_o then_o christ_n must_v come_v before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o visible_o appear_v but_o so_o do_v christ_n clear_o distinguish_v and_o distinct_o signify_v those_o two_o as_o we_o have_v show_v therefore_o there_o be_v yet_o a_o time_n wherein_o christ_n will_v come_v and_o visible_o appear_v before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n at_o first_o we_o know_v by_o the_o gospel_n he_o come_v in_o a_o state_n of_o humility_n for_o salvation_n to_o sinner_n that_o shall_v believe_v the_o next_o time_n he_o come_v in_o glory_n to_o reign_v visible_o to_o the_o comfort_n of_o they_o that_o do_v believe_v rev._n 20._o first_o six_o verse_n three_o and_o last_o time_n for_o terror_n to_o the_o wicked_a vers_fw-la 12._o of_o that_o second_o come_n the_o thing_n now_o under_o consideration_n christ_n have_v give_v sign_n as_o have_v be_v show_v he_o conclude_v in_o verse_n 30._o they_o shall_v see_v the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n with_o great_a power_n and_o glory_n which_o can_v be_v mean_v of_o the_o final_a sentence_n of_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n because_o of_o that_o in_o the_o 34_o verse_n bind_v with_o a_o asseveration_n and_o attestation_n before_o and_o behind_o very_o i_o say_v unto_o you_o this_o generation_n shall_v not_o pass_v till_o all_o these_o thing_n be_v fulfil_v heaven_n and_o earth_n shall_v pass_v away_o but_o my_o word_n shall_v not_o pass_v away_o of_o which_o 34._o vers_fw-la much_o afterward_o sect_n x._o of_o the_o ten_o scripture_n for_o christ_n visible_a appearance_n at_o the_o great_a restauration_n of_o the_o church_n luke_n 19_o ver_fw-la 11._o to_o 28._o he_o add_v and_o speak_v a_o parable_n because_o he_o be_v nigh_o to_o jerusalem_n and_o because_o they_o think_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n shall_v immediate_o appear_v a_o certain_a nobleman_n go_v into_o a_o far_a country_n to_o receive_v for_o himself_o a_o kingdom_n and_o to_o return_n and_o he_o call_v his_o ten_o servant_n and_o deliver_v to_o they_o ten_o pound_n and_o say_v unto_o they_o occupy_v till_o i_o come_v but_o his_o citizen_n hate_v he_o and_o send_v a_o message_n after_o he_o say_v we_o will_v not_o have_v this_o man_n to_o reign_v over_o we_o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o he_o be_v return_v have_v receive_v the_o kingdom_n than_o he_o command_v these_o servant_n to_o be_v call_v unto_o he_o to_o who_o he_o give_v the_o money_n etc._n etc._n then_o come_v the_o first_o say_v lord_n thy_o pound_n have_v gain_v ten_o pound_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o he_o well_o thou_o good_a servant_n because_o thou_o have_v be_v faithful_a in_o a_o little_a have_v thou_o authority_n over_o ten_o city_n and_o so_o proportionable_a to_o the_o rest_n but_o those_o my_o enemy_n that_o will_v not_o have_v i_o reign_v over_o they_o bring_v they_o hither_o and_o slay_v they_o before_o i_o §_o 1_o this_o parable_n be_v speak_v a_o little_a before_o christ_n suffering_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o order_n of_o the_o story_n here_o and_o in_o mat._n 25._o it_o be_v pen_v by_o luke_n who_o write_v the_o act_n where_o he_o careful_o report_v christ_n come_n again_o just_a as_o they_o see_v he_o ascend_v in_o relation_n to_o the_o restore_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o which_o christ_n speak_v and_o the_o disciple_n inquire_v after_o act._n 1.3_o 4_o 5_o 6_o etc._n etc._n to_o 12._o only_a say_v luke_n act_v 3.21_o the_o heaven_n must_v receive_v he_o for_o a_o time_n and_o then_o he_o shall_v come_v from_o heaven_n and_o cause_v the_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n as_o have_v be_v open_v §_o 2_o the_o preface_n to_o this_o parable_n be_v a_o golden_a key_n to_o open_v the_o curious_a cabinet_n of_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o parable_n that_o we_o may_v not_o rely_v upon_o a_o mere_a allegory_n christ_n speak_v this_o parable_n because_o he_o be_v night_n to_o jerusalem_n and_o because_o they_o think_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n shall_v immediate_o appear_v it_o do_v not_o deny_v the_o appear_v of_o the_o kingdom_n christ_n be_v for_o it_o only_o he_o be_v against_o the_o immediate_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o sudden_a appearance_n of_o it_o he_o must_v afore_o that_o as_o be_v the_o main_a sense_n of_o the_o parable_n go_v away_o into_o a_o far_a country_n viz._n to_o heaven_n and_o leave_v talent_n in_o trust_n with_o his_o servant_n give_v they_o time_n to_o employ_v they_o and_o to_o be_v so_o long_o absent_a that_o his_o enemy_n grow_v so_o bold_a as_o to_o send_v after_o he_o with_o this_o high_a affront_n they_o will_v not_o have_v he_o to_o reign_v over_o they_o that_o be_v according_a to_o the_o direct_a sense_n some_o seem_o professor_n by_o his_o long_a absence_n shall_v grow_v quite_o careless_a of_o improve_n the_o talent_n or_o gift_n of_o endowment_n to_o his_o honour_n and_o other_o by_o his_o delay_n as_o they_o count_v it_o shall_v become_v profess_v enemy_n against_o he_o §_o 3_o but_o whatever_o these_o mistaker_n dream_v the_o truth_n be_v that_o as_o the_o diligent_a talenter_n expect_v and_o according_o act_v christ_n go_v away_o to_o heaven_n not_o to_o return_v no_o more_o but_o go_v thither_o to_o take_v to_o himself_o a_o kingdom_n which_o phrase_n viz._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d must_v signify_v a_o kingdom_n peculiar_a to_o himself_o as_o he_o be_v christ_n else_o how_o do_v he_o take_v it_o or_o receive_v it_o to_o himself_o and_o be_v install_v into_o it_o he_o be_v to_o return_v he_o have_v his_o kingdom_n of_o grace_n before_o he_o go_v away_o as_o he_o oft_o mention_v it_o in_o his_o parable_n and_o sermon_n add_v that_o that_o his_o kingdom_n be_v not_o of_o this_o world_n and_o he_o have_v the_o kingdom_n of_o glory_n as_o his_o triumph_n over_o his_o kingdom_n of_o grace_n have_v finish_v his_o conquest_n on_o the_o cross_n so_o he_o need_v not_o to_o return_v to_o receive_v either_o of_o these_o kingdom_n it_o remain_v therefore_o that_o it_o be_v the_o kingdom_n we_o speak_v of_o that_o he_o return_v to_o receive_v he_o go_v to_o heaven_n
conceive_v by_o the_o most_o learned_a through_o the_o red_a sea_n so_o when_o israel_n be_v to_o re-edify_a the_o temple_n and_o to_o settle_v in_o their_o own_o land_n after_o the_o captivity_n christ_n appear_v as_o a_o commander_n of_o a_o army_n on_o horse_n back_o with_o troop_n behind_o he_o zech._n 1_o and_o as_o the_o son_n of_o man_n sit_v in_o judgement_n as_o a_o king_n dan._n 7._o some_o will_v perhaps_o say_v these_o be_v type_n of_o his_o incarnation_n if_o that_o so_o in_o some_o general_a semblance_n yet_o these_o do_v more_o distinct_o set_v forth_o his_o visible_a monarchy_n to_o come_v and_o therefore_o his_o incarnation_n be_v make_v a_o type_n or_o platform_n of_o his_o come_n as_o a_o monarch_n act._n 1.11_o and_o therefore_o as_o the_o prologue_n to_o his_o visible_a appearance_n again_o as_o a_o monarch_n to_o reign_v as_o revel_v 20._o he_o appear_v as_o a_o glorious_a king_n rev._n 1._o with_o all_o circumstance_n to_o set_v forth_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o royalty_n much_o more_o therefore_o in_o consideration_n of_o all_o that_o christ_n have_v say_v and_o do_v in_o relation_n to_o that_o in_o the_o new_a testament_n may_v we_o expect_v he_o to_o come_v and_o visible_o appear_v at_o the_o set_n up_o of_o his_o monarchy_n he_o tell_v pilate_n he_o be_v bear_v to_o be_v a_o king_n and_o therefore_o must_v be_v a_o king_n but_o he_o will_v not_o set_v it_o up_o yet_o afore_o his_o ascension_n act._n 1._o he_o must_v first_o go_v into_o a_o far_a country_n and_o after_o that_o receive_v his_o kingdom_n as_o we_o hear_v afore_o out_o of_o luke_n 19_o chap._n 1._o sect._n 7._o of_o this_o second_o book_n he_o must_v first_o ascend_v up_o on_o high_a and_o then_o he_o lead_v captivity_n captive_a spiritual_o as_o a_o preface_n to_o his_o visible_a appearance_n to_o make_v the_o church_n spiritual_o and_o corporal_o glorious_a which_o the_o apostle_n immediate_o hint_n in_o that_o four_o of_o ephes_n until_o we_o come_v to_o a_o perfect_a man_n unto_o the_o measure_n of_o the_o stature_n of_o the_o fullness_n of_o christ_n which_o by_o and_o by_o after_o that_o in_o the_o same_o chapter_n he_o call_v the_o new_a man_n which_o after_o god_n be_v create_v in_o righteousness_n and_o holiness_n as_o allude_v to_o the_o state_n of_o innocent_a adam_n and_o therefore_o as_o the_o first_o adam_n do_v visible_o appear_v as_o a_o glorious_a monarch_n over_o the_o visible_a world_n so_o shall_v the_o second_o adam_n according_a to_o the_o prophet_n and_o apostle_n doctrine_n in_o psal_n 8._o hebr._n 2._o be_v divine_a commentary_n on_o adam_n monarchy_n gen._n 1._o vers_fw-la 26_o 27_o 28._o of_o which_o place_n god_n assist_v you_o shall_v hear_v abundant_o in_o the_o next_o book_n finis_fw-la libri_fw-la secundi_fw-la the_o three_o book_n prove_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o most_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n and_o of_o all_o thing_n in_o relation_n to_o the_o church_n and_o that_o on_o earth_n yet_o before_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n chap._n i._n the_o partition_n of_o the_o ensue_a discourse_n have_v clear_v the_o visible_a appear_v of_o christ_n personal_o in_o the_o second_o place_n we_o proceed_v to_o the_o proof_n of_o his_o reign_v in_o this_o visible_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n by_o his_o mystical_a body_n his_o member_n the_o saint_n wherein_o we_o have_v two_o thing_n to_o do_v 1_o to_o prove_v that_o there_o be_v such_o a_o kingdom_n yet_o to_o be_v on_o earth_n as_o aforesaid_a in_o the_o general_a proposition_n 2_o what_o that_o kingdom_n will_v be_v in_o the_o particular_n we_o shall_v manage_v the_o first_o by_o four_o mean_n 1_o by_o text_n of_o scripture_n 2_o by_o argument_n draw_v from_o scripture_n 3_o by_o the_o common_a consent_n of_o all_o sort_n of_o man_n as_o if_o a_o law_n of_o nature_n 4_o by_o solution_n of_o all_o the_o main_a objection_n against_o it_o chap._n ii_o contain_v the_o scripture_n to_o prove_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v yet_o on_o earth_n before_o the_o last_o judgement_n such_o a_o reign_v such_o a_o visible_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n such_o a_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o of_o all_o thing_n as_o be_v before_o propound_v the_o drift_n scope_n and_o sinew_n of_o strength_n of_o all_o which_o place_n fall_v into_o this_o demonstrative_a syllogism_n those_o thing_n which_o be_v prophesy_v in_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v to_o pass_v must_v be_v fulfil_v but_o the_o great_a sensible_a and_o visible_a happiness_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n before_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n be_v prophesy_v in_o the_o word_n of_o god_n both_o in_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n therefore_o it_o must_v be_v fulfil_v that_o such_o a_o state_n be_v extant_a upon_o earth_n before_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n the_o major_n be_v grant_v by_o all_o that_o believe_v the_o word_n of_o god_n the_o minor_a be_v prove_v by_o the_o ensue_a scripture_n sect_n i._o the_o twenty_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n full_o discuss_v with_o a_o demonstration_n of_o the_o true_a meaning_n of_o the_o one_o and_o twenty_o chapter_n be_v the_o exposition_n of_o the_o twenty_o §_o 1_o before_o we_o take_v all_o the_o choice_a place_n of_o the_o whole_a scripture_n in_o order_n as_o they_o lie_v in_o our_o english_a bibles_n i_o shall_v pitch_v the_o foot_n of_o my_o compass_n to_o draw_v a_o right_n and_o clear_a circle_n upon_o the_o twenty_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n it_o be_v the_o manner_n and_o method_n of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n to_o declare_v thing_n especial_o of_o this_o nature_n gradual_o as_o the_o church_n be_v meet_v to_o hear_v the_o state_n thereof_o require_v and_o the_o time_n of_o fulfil_v it_o draw_v near_o and_o â—o_o speak_v most_o and_o plainly_a at_o last_o many_o other_o instance_n may_v be_v give_v but_o that_o the_o subject_n under_o hand_n be_v vast_a enough_o of_o itself_o all_o these_o advantage_n fall_v to_o the_o share_n of_o this_o twenty_o chapter_n of_o revel_n touch_v the_o point_n in_o hand_n as_o the_o catastrophe_n result_n and_o design_n of_o all_o that_o god_n have_v speak_v before_o in_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n it_o make_v this_o twenty_o of_o revel_n no_o less_o than_o a_o golden_a key_n to_o unlock_v the_o bible_n especial_o the_o old_a testament_n that_o we_o may_v look_v further_o into_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n then_o mere_o to_o make_v moral_a observation_n out_o of_o they_o and_o mean_v while_o do_v overlook_v the_o prophetical_a intent_n of_o god_n in_o they_o §_o 2_o in_o this_o twenty_o chapter_n of_o the_o revel_n vers_fw-la 1._o it_o be_v say_v and_o i_o see_v a_o angel_n come_v down_o etc._n etc._n which_o and_z or_o as_o the_o translator_n of_o the_o arab._n furthermore_o or_o as_o in_o sense_n it_o oft_o signify_v then_o import_v that_o john_n see_v immediate_o afore_o something_o in_o order_n to_o this_o what_o be_v that_o even_o that_o which_o our_o late_a invent_a distinction_n of_o chapter_n and_o verse_n put_v in_o revel_n 19_o v._n 19_o i_o see_v say_v john_n the_o beast_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o army_n gather_v together_o to_o make_v war_n against_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o horse_n and_o against_o his_o army_n namely_o against_o christ_n and_o his_o member_n or_o saint_n vers_fw-la 11_o 12_o 13_o 14._o and_o what_o be_v the_o issue_n of_o the_o war_n that_o john_n go_v on_o to_o tell_v we_o in_o the_o twenty_o verse_n of_o this_o nineteenth_o chapter_n and_o the_o beast_n be_v take_v and_o with_o he_o the_o false_a prophet_n that_o be_v the_o antichrist_n either_o under_o the_o notion_n of_o humane_a imperialty_n or_o of_o ecclesiastical_a prophecy_n or_o teach_v be_v cast_v alive_a into_o the_o lake_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o remnant_n be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v upon_o the_o horse_n and_o say_v john_n in_o this_o twenty_o chap._n vers_fw-la 1._o after_o this_o i_o see_v a_o angel_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n have_v the_o key_n of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n and_o a_o great_a chain_n in_o his_o hand_n and_o he_o lay_v hold_v on_o the_o dragon_n that_o old_a serpent_n which_o be_v the_o devil_n and_o satan_n and_o bind_v he_o a_o thousand_o year_n etc._n etc._n which_o can_v mean_v no_o other_o thing_n but_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n conquest_n over_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n and_o their_o army_n on_o earth_n notwithstanding_o all_o the_o power_n and_o policy_n of_o their_o seduce_a generalissimo_n the_o devil_n here_o then_o in_o all_o be_v christ_n and_o his_o army_n and_o anti-christ_n and_o his_o army_n conflict_v and_o they_o conflict_n with_o the_o sword_n and_o antichrist_n army_n be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n
do_v put_v to_o death_n christ_n and_o persecute_v the_o apostle_n the_o apostle_n thereupon_o convert_v the_o second_o psalm_n with_o a_o part_n of_o the_o eight_o psalm_n for_o i_o suppose_v there_o be_v record_v but_o the_o sum_n into_o a_o prayer_n and_o do_v turn_v the_o bent_n of_o that_o their_o prayer_n both_o upon_o jew_n and_o gentile_n they_o lift_v up_o their_o voice_n to_o god_n with_o one_o accord_n and_o say_v lord_n thou_o be_v god_n which_o have_v make_v heaven_n and_o earth_n and_o the_o sea_n and_o all_o that_o in_o they_o be_v &c._n &c._n as_o it_o be_v ps_n 8._o who_o by_o the_o mouth_n of_o thy_o servant_n david_n have_v say_v psal_n 2._o v._n 1._o etc._n etc._n why_o do_v the_o heathen_a rage_n and_z the_o people_z imagine_v vain_a thing_n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n stand_v up_o and_o the_o ruler_n be_v gather_v together_o against_o the_o lord_n and_o against_o his_o christ_n for_o of_o a_o truth_n against_o thy_o holy_a child_n jesus_n both_o herod_n and_o pontius_n pilate_n with_o the_o gentile_n and_o people_n of_o israel_n be_v gather_v together_o for_o to_o do_v etc._n etc._n and_o now_o lord_n behold_v their_o threaten_n etc._n etc._n both_o which_o psalm_n be_v prophetical_a of_o our_o point_n the_o eight_o psalm_n we_o open_v afore_o and_o now_o we_o shall_v the_o second_o out_o of_o both_o which_o psalm_n though_o luke_n record_v the_o story_n but_o brief_o only_o give_v a_o touch_n upon_o the_o begin_n of_o both_o the_o apostle_n no_o doubt_n urge_v in_o their_o prayer_n whatsoever_o be_v in_o they_o pertinent_a to_o their_o desire_n of_o the_o advance_v christ_n there_o be_v far_o apt_a pertinence_n to_o that_o in_o the_o sequel_n of_o those_o psalm_n then_o in_o the_o beginning_n the_o sum_n of_o their_o desire_n be_v that_o god_n according_a to_o his_o promise_n in_o psal_n 2._o psal_n 8._o will_v set_v up_o the_o power_n and_o glory_n of_o christ_n unto_o a_o predominancy_n over_o jew_n and_o gentile_n notwithstanding_o all_o their_o fierce_a opposition_n at_o present_a and_o for_o a_o testimony_n that_o god_n do_v allow_v their_o application_n of_o those_o psalm_n as_o right_v and_o do_v accept_v of_o their_o prayer_n ground_v thereon_o he_o fill_v they_o with_o the_o spirit_n and_o shake_v the_o place_n where_o they_o pray_v now_o this_o second_o psalm_n be_v not_o yet_o fulfil_v not_o the_o apostle_n prayer_n upon_o it_o full_o answer_v it_o be_v true_a that_o about_o forty_o year_n after_o christ_n death_n come_v to_o pass_v that_o great_a destruction_n upon_o the_o jew_n their_o temple_n city_n and_o country_n too_o prophesy_v by_o christ_n matth._n 24.1_o etc._n etc._n and_o within_o few_o year_n herod_n come_v to_o a_o miserable_a untimely_a end_n act._n 12._o as_o also_o do_v pilate_n and_o after_o he_o successive_o two_o and_o thirty_o roman_a emperor_n as_o the_o ecclesiastical_a story_n show_v we_o martyr_n we_o m._n fox_n in_o his_o martyr_n and_o about_o three_o hundred_o year_n after_o the_o incarnation_n of_o christ_n constantine_n the_o great_a and_o many_o of_o his_o soldier_n be_v convert_v unto_o christianisme_n overthrow_v in_o battle_n his_o antichristian_a colleague_n and_o their_o army_n that_o oppose_v it_o but_o prophecy_n and_o prayer_n as_o stream_n run_v on_o in_o a_o current_n still_o grow_v great_a and_o great_a in_o accomplishment_n till_o they_o rest_v in_o the_o main_a ocean_n the_o fulfil_n of_o the_o full_a design_n of_o god_n according_a to_o the_o entire_a platform_n god_n draw_v forth_o in_o the_o express_a term_n of_o his_o promise_n this_o psalm_n therefore_o according_a to_o that_o rule_n be_v not_o full_o accomplish_v when_o the_o apostle_n turn_v it_o into_o a_o prayer_n notwithstanding_o all_o the_o great_a thing_n that_o christ_n and_o his_o apostle_n do_v towards_o the_o convince_a of_o jew_n and_o roman_n and_o convert_v many_o for_o what_o need_v the_o apostle_n to_o pray_v for_o a_o further_o fulfil_n of_o that_o second_o psalm_n if_o then_o it_o have_v be_v fulfil_v no_o nor_o be_v that_o psalm_n in_o any_o full_a measure_n fulfil_v to_o this_o day_n the_o heathen_a unregenerate_a gentile_n and_o the_o obstinate_a jewish_a people_n be_v of_o the_o same_o temper_n still_o and_o tamper_v the_o same_o opposition_n against_o christ_n and_o god_n have_v not_o hitherto_o so_o speak_v to_o they_o in_o his_o wrath_n and_o vex_v they_o in_o his_o sore_a displeasure_n as_o to_o make_v they_o know_v that_o he_o have_v set_v his_o king_n upon_o his_o holy_a hill_n of_o zion_n nor_o have_v he_o give_v unto_o christ_n the_o heathen_a for_o his_o inheritance_n and_o the_o utmost_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n for_o his_o possession_n to_o break_v they_o that_o be_v incorrigible_a with_o a_o rod_n of_o iron_n and_o to_o dash_v they_o in_o piece_n like_o a_o potter_n vessel_n to_o the_o make_n of_o the_o king_n and_o judge_n of_o the_o earth_n wise_a to_o serve_v the_o lord_n in_o fear_n etc._n etc._n most_o kingdom_n be_v yet_o mere_a heathen_n and_o the_o most_o of_o kingdom_n name_v christian_n be_v heretical_a or_o disobedient_a unto_o christ_n and_o zion_n itself_o where_o christ_n will_v main_o manifest_v his_o kinglinesse_n be_v under_o the_o turkish_a mahometan_a blasphemer_n as_o it_o be_v under_o the_o bloody_a heathen_a roman_n all_o the_o time_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o apostle_n and_o the_o jew_n that_o be_v a_o main_a part_n of_o his_o kingdom_n be_v to_o this_o day_n unconvert_v there_o must_v yet_o come_v a_o time_n when_o christ_n anger_n must_v be_v but_o kindle_v and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d but_o as_o a_o little_a and_o yet_o then_o must_v all_o they_o be_v happy_a that_o trust_n in_o christ_n mark_v accurate_o there_o must_v be_v a_o time_n when_o christ_n anger_n must_v be_v but_o kindle_v in_o comparison_n of_o the_o last_o judgement_n and_o but_o as_o a_o little_a time_n kindle_v time_n so_o the_o hebr._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d &_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v oft_o apply_v to_o time_n be_v for_o degree_n â—is_fw-la in_o kindle_v in_o respect_n of_o the_o speedy_a event_n of_o make_v all_o they_o that_o trust_v in_o christ_n to_o be_v happy_a now_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o time_n past_a since_o the_o apostle_n make_v their_o prayer_n upon_o this_o psalm_n it_o be_v near_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o year_n which_o you_o can_v call_v a_o little_a time_n much_o less_o can_v you_o call_v it_o a_o little_a time_n from_o david_n pen_v of_o it_o to_o this_o time_n and_o if_o you_o look_v forward_o to_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n than_o christ_n anger_n be_v not_o only_o kindle_v but_o it_o be_v total_o on_o a_o flame_n and_o for_o ever_o the_o fire_n never_o go_v out_o so_o that_o the_o fulfil_n of_o this_o psalm_n must_v be_v in_o a_o time_n between_o our_o present_a age_n and_o the_o last_o judgement_n it_o must_v be_v at_o a_o time_n when_o christ_n anger_n have_v but_o a_o little_a time_n to_o be_v kindle_v and_o anon_o the_o trusters_n in_o christ_n to_o be_v bless_v which_o must_v be_v when_o the_o generation_n or_o succession_n of_o the_o wicked_a opposer_n of_o christ_n be_v perish_v who_o perish_v be_v not_o say_v to_o be_v at_o their_o journey_n end_n at_o the_o ultimate_a end_n of_o the_o world_n but_o in_o the_o way_n in_o some_o notable_a way_n or_o race_n they_o run_v in_o their_o generation_n in_o oppose_v christ_n as_o revel_v 19_o the_o three_o last_o verse_n these_o wicked_a one_o must_v perish_v and_o the_o truster_n in_o christ_n be_v bless_v at_o some_o notable_a time_n of_o eminent_a manifestation_n of_o christ_n as_o he_o be_v christ_n and_o king_n of_o zion_n which_o must_v be_v before_o his_o lay_v down_o of_o his_o mediatorship_n and_o power_n at_o the_o end_n of_o all_o i_o say_v at_o some_o notable_a time_n of_o eminent_a manifestation_n of_o christ_n for_o this_o phrase_n in_o this_o psalm_n this_o day_n have_v i_o beget_v thou_o be_v always_o apply_v to_o such_o eminent_a manifestation_n of_o christ_n the_o latter_a still_o be_v great_a than_o the_o former_a as_o first_o in_o this_o second_o psalm_n at_o the_o declare_v the_o decree_n and_o proclaim_v christ_n to_o be_v king_n conversive_o of_o his_o church_n and_o coercive_o over_o all_o the_o world_n of_o enemy_n second_o at_o christ_n resurrection_n act_v 13.23_o and_o 33._o three_o in_o relation_n to_o christ_n appearance_n ere_o long_o to_o all_o the_o world_n to_o set_v up_o his_o visible_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v 2_o ¶_o for_o say_v the_o apostle_n hebr._n 1.5_o 6._o unto_o which_o of_o the_o angel_n say_v he_o at_o any_o time_n thou_o be_v my_o son_n this_o day_n have_v i_o beget_v thou_o and_o again_o i_o will_v be_v to_o he_o a_o father_n
you_o see_v and_o hear_v for_o david_n be_v not_o ascenascend_v into_o the_o heaven_n but_o he_o say_v himself_o the_o lord_n say_v to_o my_o lord_n sit_v thou_o on_o my_o right_a hand_n until_o i_o make_v thy_o enemy_n thy_o footstool_n therefore_o let_v the_o house_n of_o israel_n know_v assure_o that_o god_n have_v make_v that_o same_o jesus_n who_o you_o have_v crucify_v both_o lord_n and_o the_o christ_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o from_o hence_o we_o may_v bold_o conclude_v the_o sense_n of_o the_o apostle_n that_o by_o christ_n ascension_n not_o only_o be_v the_o spirit_n to_o be_v pour_v out_o as_o ephes_n 4._o joh._n 7.39_o but_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n must_v know_v assure_o that_o he_o be_v there_o initiate_v install_v and_o entitle_v to_o be_v lord_z and_o the_o christ_n that_o as_o before_o we_o open_v it_o out_o of_o luke_n 19.11_o christ_n go_v away_o to_o heaven_n to_o return_v and_o receive_v a_o kingdom_n so_o that_o christ_n must_v have_v beside_o his_o anoint_v with_o his_o spiritual_a power_n another_o lordship_n to_o subdue_v all_o his_o enemy_n to_o be_v his_o footstool_n and_o this_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n must_v know_v assure_o now_o after_o christ_n ascension_n as_o after_o his_o ascension_n the_o apostle_n there_o make_v that_o application_n of_o the_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n but_o sure_a enough_o to_o this_o day_n neither_o do_v the_o house_n of_o israel_n know_v this_o assure_o nor_o be_v his_o enemy_n his_o footstool_n but_o contrariwise_o christ_n in_o his_o repute_n and_o in_o his_o member_n and_o his_o gospel_n be_v their_o footstool_n 6_o ¶_o the_o apostle_n carry_v on_o this_o yet_o further_o in_o 1_o cor._n 15._o ver_fw-la 24_o to_o ver_fw-la 29._o then_o come_v the_o end_n when_o he_o shall_v have_v deliver_v up_o the_o kingdom_n to_o god_n the_o father_n when_o he_o shall_v have_v put_v down_o all_o rule_n and_o all_o authority_n and_o all_o power_n for_o he_o must_v reign_v till_o he_o have_v put_v all_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n the_o last_o enemy_n that_o shall_v be_v destroy_v be_v death_n for_o he_o have_v mark_v here_o he_o use_v the_o past_a time_n put_v all_o thing_n under_o his_o foot_n but_o when_o he_o say_v all_o thing_n be_v put_v under_o he_o it_o be_v manifest_v that_o he_o be_v except_v which_o do_v put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o and_o when_o all_o thing_n shall_v be_v subdve_v unto_o he_o observe_v now_o the_o apostle_n speak_v in_o the_o future_a time_n then_o also_o shall_v the_o son_n himself_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o that_o put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o you_o see_v evident_o that_o in_o the_o five_o and_o twenty_o verse_n be_v quote_v the_o word_n of_o the_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n and_o in_o the_o twenty_o seven_o verse_n be_v quote_v part_n of_o the_o eight_o psalm_n which_o be_v the_o reason_n why_o the_o apostle_n speak_v there_o in_o the_o past_a time_n not_o that_o the_o thing_n be_v then_o fulfil_v when_o the_o apostle_n pen_v that_o 1_o cor._n 15._o for_o present_o in_o the_o twenty_o eight_o verse_n he_o speak_v they_o in_o the_o future_a but_o because_o it_o be_v in_o the_o hebrew_n in_o psal_n 8._o in_o the_o past_a time_n allude_v to_o the_o type_n of_o it_o in_o adam_n gen._n 1.26_o etc._n etc._n howbeit_o the_o sense_n be_v a_o prophecy_n of_o thing_n to_o come_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v all_o subject_n to_o christ_n as_o they_o be_v to_o adam_n as_o this_o our_o apostle_n apply_v it_o heb._n 2._o of_o which_o afore_v these_o thing_n be_v premise_v let_v we_o now_o see_v what_o the_o apostle_n do_v comment_n in_o this_o 1_o cor._n 15._o upon_o that_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n first_o the_o apostle_n lay_v it_o down_o for_o a_o sure_a position_n in_o the_o twenty_o four_o verse_n that_o the_o end_n of_o all_z be_v not_o till_o christ_n have_v deliver_v up_o the_o kingdom_n to_o god_n the_o father_n 2._o he_o give_v we_o a_o sign_n in_o the_o same_o verse_n when_o he_o will_v so_o give_v up_o the_o kingdom_n viz._n when_o he_o have_v put_v down_o all_o authority_n rule_n and_o power_n 3._o the_o apostle_n prove_v this_o out_o of_o this_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n ver_fw-la 1._o for_o say_v the_o apostle_n ver_fw-la 25._o he_o must_v reign_v till_o he_o have_v put_v all_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n which_o be_v all_o one_o with_o make_v his_o enemy_n his_o footstool_n and_o plain_o hold_v forth_o to_o we_o by_o this_o connexion_n that_o part_n of_o christ_n put_v down_o all_o authority_n and_o power_n be_v to_o put_v all_o his_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n which_o say_v the_o apostle_n must_v be_v so_o universal_a that_o all_o enemy_n to_o christ_n or_o his_o member_n as_o well_o thing_n as_o person_n must_v be_v comprehend_v even_o death_n itself_o as_o the_o last_o of_o all_o the_o rest_n 4._o that_o all_o thing_n be_v not_o subdue_v unto_o christ_n when_o the_o apostle_n write_v that_o 1_o cor._n 15._o for_o in_o the_o twenty_o eight_o verse_n he_o speak_v of_o they_o as_o of_o thing_n to_o come_v viz._n when_o all_o thing_n shall_v be_v subdve_v unto_o he_o christ_n have_v before_o that_o about_o eighteen_o year_n bypass_a 52._o bypass_a christ_n ascend_v about_o anno_fw-la 34._o paul_n write_v his_o first_o epist_n to_o the_o corinthian_n about_o anno_fw-la 52._o rise_v and_o ascend_v yet_o notwithstanding_o the_o apostle_n speak_v of_o put_v all_o his_o enemy_n under_o christ_n foot_n as_o of_o a_o thing_n yet_o to_o come_v which_o do_v excellent_o confirm_v that_o sense_n we_o give_v of_o the_o apostle_n word_n heb._n 2._o viz._n that_o paul_n and_o those_o of_o his_o time_n do_v not_o see_v all_o thing_n put_v under_o christ_n or_o subject_n to_o he_o though_o they_o see_v he_o ascend_v and_o to_o be_v ascend_v nor_o do_v we_o or_o have_v we_o now_o about_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o year_n since_o that_o see_v all_o thing_n subject_a to_o christ_n whereof_o the_o apostle_n give_v we_o six_o sign_n of_o assurance_n for_o say_v the_o apostle_n 1_o if_o all_o thing_n be_v subject_a to_o christ_n than_o the_o end_n come_v ver_fw-la 24._o 2._o the_o full_a end_n be_v not_o till_o christ_n resign_v up_o all_o viz._n the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n etc._n etc._n to_o god_n ver_fw-la 24._o 3._o that_o before_o that_o be_v do_v death_n must_v be_v destroy_v as_o one_o of_o the_o enemy_n to_o be_v put_v under_o christ_n foot_n ver_fw-la 26._o by_o the_o destroy_n of_o death_n be_v not_o only_o mean_v a_o moral_a or_o spiritual_a destruction_n of_o it_o that_o it_o shall_v not_o prejudice_v our_o salvation_n for_o so_o it_o have_v be_v destroy_v to_o all_o believer_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o promise_n of_o christ_n reveal_v to_o eve_n but_o physical_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o death_n to_o the_o godly_a revel_v 21.4_o 4._o that_o death_n be_v the_o last_o enemy_n that_o shall_v be_v destroy_v ver_fw-la 26._o which_o be_v fulfil_v to_o the_o godly_a at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v when_o all_o the_o elect_a decease_a shall_v rise_v from_o the_o dead_a the_o wicked_a decease_a not_o rise_v till_o the_o end_n of_o the_o say_v thousand_o year_n as_o before_o we_o have_v touch_v and_o shall_v be_v after_o demonstrate_v at_o which_o time_n death_n shall_v be_v remove_v from_o those_o wicked_a to_o the_o end_n that_o they_o with_o their_o companion_n that_o a_o little_a afore_o make_v head_n against_o christ_n in_o his_o saint_n may_v receive_v their_o final_a judgement_n but_o because_o the_o apostle_n here_o mention_n death_n as_o a_o enemy_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n for_o the_o death_n temporal_a or_o eternal_a of_o the_o wicked_a be_v a_o friend_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n he_o must_v of_o necessity_n mean_v the_o abolish_n of_o corporal_a death_n from_o the_o saint_n which_o be_v perform_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n which_o place_v of_o death_n in_o the_o order_n and_o relation_n of_o the_o last_o of_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o church_n do_v clear_o intimate_v that_o many_o enemy_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n must_v be_v destroy_v afore_o that_o which_o stand_v in_o opposition_n to_o this_o all-glorious_a and_o all-peaceable_a visible_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n and_o as_o death_n be_v destroy_v physical_o as_o we_o have_v show_v so_o all_o that_o submit_v not_o to_o christ_n be_v destroy_v physical_o that_o be_v they_o cease_v to_o be_v on_o earth_n 5._o that_o death_n be_v not_o destroy_v till_o the_o last_o trumpet_n ver_fw-la 51._o &_o 52._o in_o that_o 1_o cor._n 15._o behold_v i_o show_v you_o a_o mystery_n we_o shall_v not_o all_o sleep_n but_o we_o shall_v
〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n as_o it_o be_v the_o hebrew_n of_o purpose_n to_o multiply_v his_o princedom_n and_o for_o peace_n without_o end_n the_o jew_n observe_v that_o the_o close-shut_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d man_n in_o the_o middle_n of_o a_o word_n as_o here_o in_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d proper_o be_v a_o final_a letter_n signify_v the_o stability_n of_o the_o thing_n speak_v of_o as_o open_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o end_n of_o a_o word_n as_o in_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d nehem._n 2.13_o which_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d proper_o be_v a_o middle_a letter_n signify_v the_o brokennesse_n of_o the_o wall_n there_o speak_v of_o which_o observation_n i_o mention_v not_o as_o a_o foundation_n strong_a enough_o for_o i_o to_o build_v upon_o but_o as_o a_o sufficient_a narrative_n to_o declare_v the_o opinion_n of_o the_o ancient_a jewish_a rabbin_n concern_v the_o stability_n of_o the_o messiahs_n kingdom_n three_o that_o the_o word_n princedom_n government_n and_o for_o peace_n and_o speak_v in_o a_o way_n of_o prophecy_n of_o what_o shall_v be_v add_v to_o the_o church_n above_o that_o they_o enjoy_v already_o can_v but_o signify_v more_o than_o spiritual_n four_o that_o this_o be_v yet_o more_o apparent_a by_o that_o which_o follow_v both_o here_o and_o luke_n 1.32_o of_o the_o messiah_n sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n and_o upon_o his_o kingdom_n and_o to_o establish_v it_o with_o justice_n and_o judgement_n speak_v in_o the_o phrase_n of_o a_o excellent_a politic_a government_n it_o need_v not_o that_o christ_n shall_v sit_v on_o david_n throne_n and_o kingdom_n to_o spiritual_o govern_v and_o keep_v in_o peace_n his_o universal_a church_n nor_o need_v there_o a_o promise_n that_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n shall_v be_v establish_v with_o justice_n and_o judgement_n which_o be_v low_a thing_n to_o faith_n hope_n love_n joy_n in_o the_o holy_a ghost_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o grace_n of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n nor_o be_v there_o need_v to_o assert_v the_o perpetuity_n of_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v for_o ever_o the_o jew_n have_v now_o be_v a_o church_n so_o many_o hundred_o of_o year_n five_o the_o close_a in_o a_o way_n of_o god_n great_a engagement_n the_o zeal_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n will_v perform_v this_o must_v of_o necessity_n signify_v something_o more_o than_o the_o ordinary_a thing_n of_o christ_n have_v a_o spiritual_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n what_o need_v such_o high_a word_n solemn_a protest_n and_o most_o serious_a pawn_n of_o the_o zeal_n of_o god_n which_o be_v love_n in_o a_o flame_n to_o signify_v the_o performance_n of_o that_o which_o have_v be_v long_o since_o do_v and_o as_o a_o ordinary_a thing_n be_v to_o continue_v viz._n christ_n have_v a_o spiritual_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n six_o both_o this_o of_o isaiah_n and_o that_o of_o luke_n 1.31_o do_v import_n that_o after_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o interruption_n of_o the_o sit_v of_o david_n race_n upon_o david_n throne_n it_o shall_v sensible_o appear_v that_o christ_n shall_v possess_v that_o throne_n else_o why_o be_v it_o here_o prophesy_v that_o the_o messiah_n shall_v sit_v upon_o david_n throne_n and_o that_o the_o lord_n god_n shall_v give_v to_o the_o messiah_n the_o throne_n of_o his_o father_n david_n and_o promise_v there_o he_o shall_v sit_v for_o ever_o the_o whole_a earth_n long_o before_o gen._n 1.26_o etc._n etc._n compare_n psal_n 8._o &_o heb._n 2._o for_o 7_o 8._o be_v give_v up_o to_o the_o rule_n of_o christ_n to_o be_v govern_v by_o his_o invisible_a providence_n be_v never_o interrupt_v but_o in_o all_o age_n christ_n have_v continual_o pour_v down_o his_o judgement_n upon_o the_o wicked_a as_o peter_n prove_v in_o his_o second_o epistle_n chap._n 2._o and_o the_o church_n be_v also_o give_v to_o he_o from_o the_o beginning_n gen._n 3.15_o compare_n rom._n 16.20_o which_o without_o any_o possible_a impediment_n he_o have_v ever_o preserve_v on_o earth_n in_o all_o age_n ever_o since_o by_o his_o spiritual_a power_n and_o grace_n but_o the_o line_n of_o david_n race_n have_v be_v break_v off_o from_o his_o throne_n as_o we_o shall_v see_v present_o nor_o have_v christ_n be_v upon_o it_o at_o all_o in_o any_o visible_a manifestation_n therefore_o this_o last_o must_v be_v a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o meaning_n of_o isaiah_n and_o saint_n luke_n as_o piscator_fw-la express_v it_o in_o solio_fw-la davidis_fw-la tanquam_fw-la haeres_fw-la regni_fw-la &_o filius_fw-la davidis_fw-la sedebit_fw-la christus_fw-la confer_v 2_o sam._n 7.12_o etc._n etc._n so_o he_o and_o that_o to_o be_v perform_v for_o ever_o that_o be_v so_o as_o no_o visible_a power_n must_v reign_v after_o he_o seven_o isaiah_n prophecy_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o jew_n into_o judah_n and_o israel_n see_v chap._n 1._o ver_fw-la 1._o etc._n etc._n and_o saint_n luke_n tell_v we_o chap._n 1._o ver_fw-la 33._o that_o this_o must_v be_v fulfil_v by_o christ_n reign_v over_o the_o whole_a house_n of_o jacob_n which_o contain_v all_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n make_v up_o of_o israel_n and_o judah_n even_o as_o according_a to_o isaiah_n christ_n must_v sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n who_o rule_v over_o both_o judah_n and_o israel_n eight_o that_o all_o these_o must_v be_v so_o fulfil_v that_o christ_n must_v appear_v to_o be_v wonderful_a and_o mighty_a and_o to_o increase_v in_o his_o government_n as_o isaiah_n speak_v and_o to_o be_v great_a as_o luke_n speak_v §_o 6_o have_v thus_o dig_v into_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text_n let_v we_o next_o lift_v up_o our_o eye_n and_o take_v a_o view_n of_o all_o the_o transaction_n of_o christ_n since_o this_o prophecy_n and_o see_v what_o of_o this_o text_n have_v be_v real_o fulfil_v sure_o this_o text_n be_v not_o fulfil_v in_o the_o jew_n return_v from_o babylon_n for_o the_o ten_o tribe_n do_v not_o then_o return_v to_o make_v up_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n or_o the_o kingdom_n of_o david_n and_o beside_o of_o that_o prosperity_n there_o be_v soon_o a_o end_n in_o the_o misery_n of_o the_o maccabean_a war_n and_o the_o roman_a conquest_n be_v over_o they_o afore_o christ_n be_v bear_v §_o 7_o nor_o be_v it_o ever_o fulfil_v since_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n for_o he_o never_o yet_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n nor_o any_o other_o deputative_o for_o he_o of_o that_o tribe_n the_o sceptre_n be_v then_o and_o thence_o to_o this_o day_n depart_v from_o judah_n the_o visible_a government_n as_o the_o text_n import_v be_v not_o all_o this_o time_n upon_o christ_n shoulder_n the_o time_n be_v not_o come_v as_o christ_n tell_v we_o act._n 1.6_o 7._o act._n 3.21_o the_o visible_a government_n since_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n have_v be_v upon_o the_o shoulder_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n or_o the_o pope_n or_o the_o turk_n when_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o government_n shall_v be_v on_o christ_n shoulder_n he_o shall_v reign_v as_o david_n as_o isaiah_n speak_v and_o over_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n as_o luke_n speak_v that_o be_v over_o all_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n and_o that_o for_o ever_o that_o be_v none_o visible_o rule_v they_o after_o he_o but_o at_o christ_n incarnation_n only_o two_o tribe_n be_v about_o jerusalem_n and_o judea_n but_o under_o the_o roman_n visible_a government_n and_o for_o the_o general_a refuse_v christ_n spiritual_a government_n act._n 13.46_o 8_o nor_o can_v this_o be_v imagine_v rational_o to_o be_v fulfil_v in_o christ_n spiritual_a §_o 8_o government_n for_o this_o spiritual_a government_n if_o we_o may_v so_o call_v christ_n give_v of_o ordinance_n and_o grace_n into_o the_o heart_n extend_v itself_o equal_o to_o gentile_n as_o well_o as_o to_o jew_n if_o not_o more_o for_o these_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n past_a to_o the_o gentile_n what_o privilege_n or_o pre-eminence_n be_v give_v in_o this_o to_o jacob_n house_n or_o david_n throne_n more_o than_o to_o the_o house_n or_o throne_n of_o constantine_n the_o great_a or_o charles_n the_o great_a or_o of_o edw._n the_o six_o or_o of_o q._n elizabeth_n or_o of_o the_o indian_a sagamore_n or_o of_o the_o turkish_a emperor_n or_o grand-signiour_n or_o of_o the_o great_a cham_n of_o tartar_n or_o etc._n etc._n when_o they_o or_o their_o nation_n be_v convert_v at_o the_o come_n in_o of_o the_o fullness_n of_o the_o gentile_n beside_o who_o of_o believer_n at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o prophecy_n do_v not_o know_v that_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o grace_n shall_v be_v for_o ever_o and_o full_a of_o more_o than_o justice_n and_o judgement_n viz._n of_o all_o the_o grace_n of_o the_o
spirit_n ##_o §_o 9_o 9_o therefore_o we_o conclude_v this_o text_n be_v yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v afore_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o the_o general_a judgement_n when_o christ_n lay_v down_o his_o government_n he_o government_n mr._n medas_n learned_a note_n upon_o this_o nine_o chapter_n of_o isaiah_n collate_v with_o mark_n 1.14_o 15._o come_v too_o late_o to_o my_o knowledge_n to_o be_v put_v into_o the_o text_n i_o can_v not_o forbear_v insert_v it_o into_o the_o margin_n which_o in_o sum_n be_v this_o galilee_n be_v the_o three_o province_n of_o those_o three_o into_o which_o canaan_n or_o phalestine_n be_v divide_v in_o christ_n time_n and_o be_v on_o the_o north_n part_n remote_a from_o jerusalem_n and_o divide_v into_o two_o part_n upper_z and_o low_a the_o upper_a be_v most_o the_o land_n of_o nephthaly_n wherein_o be_v the_o goodly_a metropolis_n of_o all_o galilee_n capernaum_n and_o this_o be_v the_o galilee_n that_o be_v call_v galilee_n of_o the_o gentile_n either_o because_o inhabit_v by_o the_o gentile_n long_a time_n viz_o to_o solomon_n time_n or_o because_o solomon_n give_v twenty_o city_n thereof_o to_o hiram_n or_o because_o it_o be_v the_o outmost_a of_o the_o land_n next_o the_o gentile_n in_o the_o low_a galilee_n be_v the_o tribe_n of_o zebulon_n and_o issachar_n wherein_o be_v the_o city_n of_o nazareth_n and_o bethsaida_n near_o the_o sea_n or_o lake_n of_o galilee_n or_o cana_n of_o which_o and_o christ_n first_o miracle_n there_o joh._n 2._o and_o mount_v tabor_n from_o capernaum_n along_o the_o sea_n side_n through_o bethsaida_n lay_v the_o great_a road_n from_o syria_n into_o egypt_n suppose_v to_o be_v that_o call_v in_o scripture_n the_o way_n of_o the_o sea_n in_o christ_n time_n two_o of_o the_o say_a province_n viz._n judea_n and_o samaria_n be_v under_o the_o roman_a precedent_n pontius_n pilate_n the_o three_o galilee_n be_v under_o herod_n or_o auâ—ipas_n the_o tetrarch_n because_o he_o have_v but_o the_o four_o part_n of_o his_o father_n kingdom_n who_o behead_v john_n baptist_n and_o close_v with_o pilate_n when_o christ_n be_v condemn_v in_o this_o province_n of_o galilee_n be_v christ_n conversation_n principal_o while_o he_o be_v on_o earth_n matth._n 3._o ult_n luke_n 1.26_o act._n 1.11_o act._n 2.7_o matth._n 4.23_o matth._n 9.35_o matth._n 28.10_o for_o the_o messiah_n be_v to_o have_v his_o abode_n principal_o in_o galilee_n according_a to_o the_o prophecy_n in_o esay_n 9.1_o 2_o 3_o etc._n etc._n the_o land_n of_o galilee_n or_o of_o zebulon_n and_o nephthaly_n have_v the_o hard_a hap_n to_o be_v first_o in_o that_o calamity_n by_o the_o assyrian_n 2_o king_n 15.29_o all_o which_o city_n there_o name_v except_o janoah_n and_o gilead_n be_v city_n of_o nephthaly_n and_o all_o galilee_n and_o nephthaly_n be_v there_o mention_v as_o all_o carry_v away_o captive_a to_o assyria_n in_o which_o calamity_n isaiah_n comfort_v they_o with_o that_o prophecy_n that_o they_o shall_v have_v the_o first_o and_o principal_a share_n of_o the_o messiahs_n presence_n when_o he_o shall_v come_v read_v the_o first_o seven_o verse_n of_o that_o nine_o of_o isa_n the_o meaning_n be_v that_o christ_n shall_v enlighten_v the_o province_n of_o galilee_n or_o the_o land_n of_o zebulon_n and_o nephthaly_n with_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o presence_n and_o therefore_o if_o this_o be_v not_o a_o prophecy_n of_o christ_n i_o know_v not_o what_o be_v compare_v mat._n 4._o of_o his_o dwell_n in_o capernaum_n the_o metropolis_n of_o galilee_n the_o jew_n can_v not_o see_v this_o but_o will_v not_o believe_v because_o he_o be_v of_o galilee_n shall_v say_v they_o christ_n come_v out_o of_o galilee_n shall_v he_o not_o come_v out_o of_o bethlehem_n so_o he_o shall_v too_o and_o yet_o be_v by_o habitation_n and_o conversation_n a_o galilean_a christian_n also_o be_v to_o blame_v for_o darken_n this_o prophecy_n of_o isa_n 9_o and_o matthewes_n application_n of_o it_o for_o my_o part_n i_o be_o persuade_v that_o the_o four_o or_o five_o first_o word_n of_o this_o nine_o of_o isaiah_n belong_v to_o the_o last_o verse_n of_o the_o former_a chapter_n as_o jerom_n and_o the_o chalde_a refer_v they_o and_o that_o the_o word_n follow_v begin_v a_o new_a prophecy_n in_o this_o manner_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n ie_fw-fr according_a as_o the_o first_o time_n that_o he_o make_v vile_a or_o debase_v the_o land_n of_o zebulon_n and_o the_o land_n of_o nephthaly_n so_o in_o the_o latter_a time_n he_o shall_v make_v it_o glorious_a more_n of_o the_o read_n of_o this_o text_n and_o master_n mede_n reason_n the_o reader_n may_v there_o see_v from_o all_o say_v mr._n mede_n i_o infer_v that_o 1_o cor._n 1.26_o 27._o god_n take_v the_o foolish_a thing_n of_o the_o world_n to_o confound_v the_o wise_a etc._n etc._n for_o galilee_n and_o her_o inhabitant_n in_o comparison_n of_o judea_n be_v repute_v ignoble_a stranger_n be_v remote_a from_o jerusalem_n and_o the_o temple_n and_o part_n of_o the_o lot_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n which_o salmaneser_n captivate_v howbeit_o some_o of_o the_o two_o tribe_n after_o their_o return_n especial_o in_o the_o prevail_a time_n of_o the_o maccabee_n settle_v there_o but_o at_o length_n be_v subdue_v by_o the_o gentile_n but_o still_o dwell_v there_o and_o replenish_n that_o land_n with_o their_o own_o people_n yet_o so_o as_o many_o of_o the_o gentile_n dwell_v among_o they_o in_o so_o much_o that_o in_o these_o and_o the_o aforesaid_a respect_n they_o be_v despise_v of_o those_o that_o dwell_v in_o judea_n joh._n 7.41.52_o but_o christ_n the_o king_n of_o israel_n and_o saviour_n of_o mankind_n will_v as_o aforesaid_a be_v a_o galilean_a the_o doctrine_n he_o preach_v in_o galilee_n be_v the_o time_n be_v fulfil_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v at_o hand_n repent_v you_o and_o believe_v the_o gospel_n which_o matth._n 4._o be_v call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n which_o be_v all_o one_o with_o kingdom_n of_o god_n see_v dan._n 6.24_o the_o heaven_n bear_v rule_v that_o be_v god_n luke_n 15.21_o i_o have_v sin_v against_o heaven_n and_o in_o thy_o sight_n matth._n 21.15_o the_o baptism_n of_o john_n be_v it_o from_o heaven_n or_o from_o man_n mark_v the_o exegesis_n luke_n 15._o and_o the_o antithesis_fw-la matth._n 21._o which_o show_n god_n to_o be_v mean_v by_o heaven_n the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n or_o of_o god_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o messiah_n or_o christ_n dan._n 2_o 44._o and_o dan._n 7.13_o read_v the_o place_n from_o which_o place_n the_o jew_n call_v the_o messiahs_n kingdom_n the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n or_o of_o heaven_n because_o first_o it_o be_v in_o this_o place_n of_o daniel_n say_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n shall_v set_v up_o his_o kingdom_n and_o in_o the_o other_o place_n that_o the_o son_n of_o man_n the_o messiah_n shall_v come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n for_o our_o saviour_n bring_v not_o this_o phrase_n with_o he_o but_o find_v it_o among_o the_o jew_n at_o his_o come_n and_o approve_v it_o in_o oft_o use_v of_o it_o matth._n 13._o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v his_o church_n or_o the_o christian_a church_n etc._n etc._n i_o must_v add_v one_o thing_n more_o for_o the_o understanding_n of_o this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o i_o have_v hitherto_o describe_v namely_o that_o it_o have_v a_o twofold_a state_n the_o one_o militant_a in_o suffering_n which_o be_v the_o present_a state_n begin_v at_o his_o first_o come_v the_o second_o state_n be_v a_o triumphant_a state_n which_o shall_v be_v at_o his_o second_o in_o glory_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n at_o what_o time_n he_o shall_v put_v down_o all_o authority_n power_n and_o rule_v and_o subdue_v all_o his_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n 1_o cor._n 15._o etc._n etc._n by_o which_o that_o mr._n mede_n include_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n at_o his_o second_o come_v to_o be_v partly_o intend_v in_o isaiah_n 9_o they_o may_v easy_o perceive_v that_o have_v hear_v and_o observe_v other_o passage_n afore_o quote_v out_o of_o he_o sect_n xiii_o §_o 1_o the_o three_o place_n in_o isaiah_n be_v chapter_n the_o eleven_o in_o whole_a and_o throughout_o with_o a_o brief_a collation_n of_o the_o ten_o chapter_n precede_v and_o the_o twelve_o follow_v and_o therefore_o too_o large_a to_o write_v out_o in_o lieu_n thereof_o we_o shall_v express_v the_o several_a passage_n from_o whence_o we_o deduce_v any_o argument_n §_o 2_o to_o speak_v as_o short_o as_o we_o may_v to_o this_o place_n of_o scripture_n in_o the_o ten_o chapter_n precede_v the_o lord_n threaten_v judah_n that_o for_o their_o hypocrisy_n in_o religion_n and_o their_o unrighteousness_n in_o their_o deal_n he_o will_v send_v against_o they_o the_o assyrian_a but_o then_o withal_o it_o be_v threaten_v that_o because_o the_o assyrian_a will_v afflict_v the_o jew_n
brightness_n of_o the_o sun_n shall_v be_v nothing_o to_o it_o at_o which_o time_n as_o it_o follow_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n in_o christ_n jesus_n say_v diodat_n shall_v reign_v on_o mount_n zion_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n type_n of_o the_o universal_a church_n and_o that_o in_o great_a glory_n before_o his_o ancientour_n who_o be_v the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n by_o blood_n as_o well_o as_o by_o profession_n christ_n be_v consider_v as_o man_n as_o the_o local_a circumstance_n of_o zion_n and_o jerusalem_n call_v for_o that_o notion_n §_o 3_o calvin_n again_o clear_o intimate_v in_o many_o circumlocution_n that_o his_o sense_n of_o this_o text_n be_v that_o christ_n speak_v in_o the_o future_a of_o time_n after_o calvin_n time_n shall_v establish_v his_o church_n on_o earth_n in_o a_o most_o glorious_a estate_n ego_fw-la non_fw-la dubito_fw-la quin_fw-la persequatur_fw-la propheta_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v i_o doubt_v not_o but_o that_o the_o prophet_n prosecute_v the_o consolation_n which_o he_o have_v touch_v in_o the_o former_a verse_n to_o this_o sense_n or_o effect_n when_o the_o lord_n shall_v visit_v his_o people_n and_o shall_v purge_v his_o church_n from_o their_o filthiness_n he_o shall_v settle_v his_o kingdom_n and_o that_o so_o illustrious_a that_o it_o shall_v obscure_v the_o sun_n and_o star_n with_o its_o splendour_n which_o kind_n of_o speech_n be_v usual_a with_o the_o prophet_n as_o we_o have_v already_o see_v but_o here_o isaiah_n speak_v of_o the_o body_n of_o the_o church_n and_o not_o only_o of_o the_o head_n see_v therefore_o the_o lord_n will_v establish_v his_o kingdom_n upon_o mount_n zion_n so_o great_a shall_v be_v the_o magnificence_n thereof_o in_o the_o instauration_n of_o the_o people_n as_o that_o the_o thing_n that_o otherwise_o shine_v in_o the_o sight_n of_o man_n shall_v now_o be_v as_o darkness_n which_o that_o he_o may_v express_v to_o the_o life_n be_v name_n these_o thing_n that_o above_o all_o be_v most_o splendent_a the_o word_n ruling_n be_v improper_o draw_v to_o signify_v god_n vengeance_n for_o although_o god_n be_v say_v to_o reign_v when_o he_o act_v the_o office_n of_o a_o judge_n yet_o this_o speech_n so_o comprehend_v within_o it_o concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n in_o mount_n zion_n it_o always_o have_v the_o notation_n of_o mercy_n and_o salvation_n for_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o restitution_n of_o the_o church_n whence_o it_o follow_v that_o this_o be_v not_o fulfil_v but_o in_o christ_n he_o make_v a_o precise_a mention_n of_o elder_n or_o ancient_n use_v a_o synecdoche_n which_o be_v exceed_o usual_a in_o scripture_n for_o he_o take_v a_o special_a part_n of_o the_o church_n for_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o church_n yet_o not_o without_o a_o consult_v purpose_n he_o call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o ancient_n as_o well_o the_o priest_n as_o other_o ruler_n who_o be_v chief_a over_o discipline_n and_o manner_n by_o who_o moderation_n and_o prudence_n the_o rest_n be_v to_o be_v govern_v under_o their_o name_n he_o comprehend_v all_o the_o people_n not_o only_o because_o they_o represent_v the_o whole_a body_n as_o under_o their_o shadow_n the_o people_n be_v cover_v but_o also_o that_o believer_n may_v conceive_v hope_n of_o a_o future_a order_n for_o otherwise_o it_o will_v little_a or_o nothing_o profit_n that_o the_o multitude_n shall_v be_v leave_v dissipate_v in_o manner_n of_o a_o dismember_a body_n or_o confuse_a mass_n neither_o be_v it_o impertinent_o add_v before_o the_o ancient_n that_o the_o jew_n may_v know_v that_o the_o power_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v manifest_a and_o illustrious_a etc._n etc._n for_o so_o he_o reign_v that_o we_o may_v perceive_v he_o present_v with_o we_o for_o if_o it_o shall_v be_v beyond_o our_o comprehension_n no_o comfort_n will_v redound_v to_o we_o thereby_o for_o glory_n other_o read_v glorious_o other_o glorious_a i_o have_v rather_o take_v it_o in_o the_o substantive_a glory_n although_o it_o make_v no_o difference_n in_o the_o sense_n for_o it_o teach_v how_o great_a shall_v be_v the_o magnificence_n and_o glory_n of_o god_n by_o erect_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o that_o all_o splendour_n be_v obscure_v and_o only_a the_o glory_n of_o christ_n must_v be_v eminent_a and_o conspicuous_a whence_o it_o follow_v that_o than_o at_o length_n god_n shall_v enjoy_v his_o own_o right_n among_o we_o and_o have_v his_o due_a honour_n when_o all_o his_o creature_n be_v gather_v into_o order_n he_o alone_o be_v resplendent_a in_o our_o eye_n thus_o calvin_n who_o word_n and_o phrase_n here_o can_v bear_v no_o less_o than_o a_o sense_n favour_v a_o visible_a glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n though_o something_o of_o it_o as_o he_o say_v must_v be_v comprehend_v by_o faith_n above_o sense_n to_o which_o visibility_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n on_o earth_n the_o correlative_a in_o 22_o and_o 23._o verse_n answer_v to_o our_o relative_a than_o in_o our_o text_n of_o punish_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n upon_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n do_v strong_o bear_v witness_n §_o 4_o now_o lay_v altogether_o and_o then_o judge_v when_o be_v this_o text_n ever_o fulfil_v sure_o in_o a_o literal_a sense_n as_o to_o corporal_a transaction_n not_o at_o their_o return_n from_o babylon_n for_o then_o the_o babylonian_n be_v not_o punish_v nor_o put_v in_o prison_n nor_o be_v the_o jew_n in_o a_o outward_a glorious_a condition_n but_o as_o in_o subjection_n still_o to_o babylon_n and_o make_v a_o scorn_n by_o sanballat_n tobiah_n etc._n etc._n with_o the_o multitude_n of_o their_o adherent_n hinder_v their_o building_n discourage_v their_o work_n raise_v lie_n lay_v plot_n to_o endanger_v they_o so_o that_o they_o be_v as_o long_o near_o upon_o in_o repair_v the_o temple_n and_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o settle_v the_o state_n thereof_o from_o the_o first_o that_o they_o begin_v it_o as_o they_o have_v be_v in_o captivity_n haggi_n captivity_n see_v the_o book_n of_o ezra_n nehemiah_n and_o haggi_n nor_o be_v this_o text_n of_o isa_n literal_o and_o corporal_o fulfil_v to_o they_o at_o christ_n be_v on_o earth_n be_v then_o also_o under_o captivity_n and_o reproach_n by_o the_o roman_n acts._n roman_n see_v the_o story_n of_o the_o evangelist_n and_o acts._n and_o to_o this_o day_n in_o the_o same_o condition_n under_o they_o and_o all_o nation_n in_o the_o world_n nor_o have_v this_o be_v yet_o fulfil_v in_o a_o spiritual_a sense_n from_o that_o time_n to_o this_o day_n in_o that_o not_o one_o of_o ten_o thousand_o of_o the_o gentile_n admire_v their_o levitical_a glory_n and_o their_o ancient_n the_o scribe_n pharisee_n elder_n and_o ruler_n of_o the_o synogogue_n and_o people_n general_o oppose_v and_o persecute_v evanagelical_a glory_n and_o though_o for_o a_o spurt_n some_o few_o favour_v the_o gospel_n act._n 1._o act._n 2._o yet_o by_o and_o by_o they_o universal_o act._n 13._o fall_v off_o from_o this_o glory_n and_o so_o continue_v until_o these_o our_o time_n §_o 5_o nor_o can_v these_o be_v fulfil_v 〈◊〉_d ultimate_a judgement_n for_o then_o christ_n rule_v not_o 1_o cor._n 15._o v._n 24._o v._n 28._o sect_n xvi_o §_o 1_o the_o six_o place_n in_o isaiah_n be_v that_o which_o follow_v at_o the_o heel_n of_o this_o viz._n chapter_n 25._o throughout_o but_o especial_o from_o v._o 7._o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n with_o some_o passage_n of_o the_o 26_o chapter_n be_v also_o a_o song_n of_o praise_n for_o the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n to_o be_v especial_o those_o passage_n v._o 14._o v._n 19_o the_o late_a invention_n of_o chapter_n may_v not_o hinder_v our_o prospect_n upon_o the_o continue_a sense_n of_o this_o chapter_n inseparable_o depend_v on_o the_o former_a where_o in_o the_o last_o verse_n the_o prophet_n have_v say_v than_o shall_v the_o moon_n be_v confound_v and_o the_o sun_n ashamed_a when_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n shall_v reign_v in_o mount_n zion_n and_o jerusalem_n &c._n &c._n explain_v afore_o he_o now_o begin_v this_o chapter_n with_o a_o solemn_a praise_n to_o god_n for_o his_o preparation_n to_o and_o manifestation_n of_o that_o his_o glorious_a reign_n to_o give_v you_o the_o main_a passage_n of_o the_o whole_a chapter_n v._o 1._o o_o lord_n thou_o be_v my_o god_n i_o will_v exalt_v thou_o etc._n etc._n v._n 2._o for_o thou_o have_v make_v of_o a_o city_n a_o heap_n of_o a_o defence_a city_n a_o ruin_n a_o palace_n of_o stranger_n to_o be_v no_o city_n it_o shall_v never_o be_v build_v v._o 3._o therefore_o the_o strong_a people_n shall_v glorify_v thou_o etc._n etc._n v._n 4._o for_o thou_o have_v be_v a_o strength_n to_o the_o poor_a and_o needy_a in_o distress_n a_o refuge_n from_o the_o storm_n a_o shadow_n from_o the_o heat_n when_o the_o blast_n of_o the_o terrible_a one_o be_v a_o storm_n against_o the_o
which_o at_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n can_v be_v imaginable_a and_o therefore_o be_v yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v before_o that_o day_n sect_n xxx_o the_o four_o place_n in_o jeremiah_n be_v in_o chapter_n 50._o the_o four_o last_o verse_n viz._n v._n 17_o 18_o 19_o 20._o the_o word_n be_v these_o verse_n 17._o israel_n be_v a_o scatter_a sheep_n the_o lion_n have_v drive_v he_o away_o first_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n have_v devour_v he_o and_o last_o this_o nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n have_v break_v his_o bone_n v._o 18._o therefore_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n the_o god_n of_o israel_n behold_v i_o will_v punish_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n and_o his_o land_n as_o i_o have_v punish_v the_o king_n of_o assyria_n v._o 19_o and_o i_o will_v bring_v israel_n again_o to_o his_o habitation_n and_o he_o shall_v feed_v on_o carmel_n and_o bashan_n and_o his_o soul_n shall_v be_v satisfy_v on_o mount_n ephraim_n and_o gilead_n §_o 1_o that_o this_o prophecy_n be_v not_o yet_o fulfil_v nor_o can_v it_o be_v fulfil_v at_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n and_o therefore_o to_o be_v fulfil_v on_o earth_n afore_o that_o day_n note_v first_o that_o he_o ditty_n be_v of_o israel_n which_o must_v at_o least_o comprehend_v the_o ten_o tribe_n which_o appear_v not_o only_o in_o style_v god_n here_o in_o relation_n to_o this_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n but_o by_o several_a passage_n after_o that_o all_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n be_v here_o mean_v now_o the_o deliverance_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n be_v never_o yet_o perform_v to_o this_o day_n §_o 2_o second_o the_o deliverance_n must_v be_v in_o a_o hostile_a way_n viz._n by_o the_o destruction_n of_o their_o enemy_n namely_o of_o king_n and_o kingdom_n express_v v._n 18._o in_o relation_n to_o which_o god_n be_v call_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n but_o as_o yet_o the_o king_n and_o kingdom_n who_o in_o a_o constant_a succession_n down_o to_o this_o day_n have_v be_v the_o enemy_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v not_o destroy_v §_o 3_o three_o that_o god_n promise_v to_o come_v down_o in_o a_o methodical_a order_n to_o punish_v their_o enemy_n successive_o in_o time_n and_o place_n as_o successive_o as_o they_o afflict_v the_o twelve_o tribe_n first_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n have_v devour_v israel_n which_o can_v be_v no_o other_o than_o salmaneser_n his_o take_v samaria_n etc._n etc._n captive_a 2_o king_n 18.9_o which_o samaria_n be_v the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n and_o this_o be_v the_o king_n of_o assyria_n devour_v israel_n nineveh_n be_v the_o metropolis_n of_o that_o kingdom_n while_o call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o assyria_n 2_o king_n 19.36_o then_o second_o nabuchadnezzar_n alias_o nebuchadrezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n come_v up_o against_o jerusalem_n the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o two_o tribe_n and_o take_v it_o and_o carry_v away_o all_o the_o considerable_a person_n of_o that_o kingdom_n and_o all_o their_o substance_n of_o any_o value_n captive_a to_o babylon_n 2_o king_n 25.1_o etc._n etc._n and_o this_o be_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n his_o break_n of_o their_o bone_n call_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n because_o babylon_n then_o be_v the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o chaldea_n the_o chaldean_n then_o rule_v over_o the_o assyrian_n and_o therefore_o the_o monarchy_n be_v afterward_o call_v the_o assyrio-chaldean_a now_o as_o god_n have_v punish_v some_o of_o their_o enemy_n heretofore_o viz._n nineveh_n of_o assyria_n according_a to_o the_o prophet_n nahum_n and_o sennacherib_n their_o king_n and_o his_o host_n 2_o king_n 19_o so_o he_o must_v according_a to_o his_o promise_n descend_v in_o order_n with_o destruction_n in_o a_o hostile_a manner_n upon_o babylon_n and_o upon_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n whatsoever_o and_o whosoever_o that_o babylon_n and_o those_o king_n be_v in_o the_o scripture_n name_n and_o notion_n and_o extend_v in_o the_o promise_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n and_o therefore_o as_o god_n do_v punish_v nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n with_o turn_v he_o as_o it_o be_v into_o a_o beast_n for_o certain_a year_n dan._n 4._o and_o after_o he_o punish_v belshazzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n and_o that_o city_n by_o darius_n the_o mede_n invade_v it_o dan._n 5._o and_o darius_n the_o mede_n than_o king_n of_o babylon_n by_o alexander_n the_o greek_a and_o alexander_n successor_n than_o king_n of_o babylon_n by_o the_o roman_a and_o the_o roman_a emperor_n than_o king_n of_o babylon_n both_o old_a and_o new_a that_o be_v babylon_n and_o rome_n by_o the_o arabian_a saracen_n or_o turk_n the_o now_o king_n of_o old_a babylon_n dan._n 7._o so_o according_a to_o the_o explication_n and_o application_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n of_o this_o promise_n make_v in_o this_o text_n in_o the_o old_a god_n must_v yet_o go_v on_o corporal_o to_o destroy_v the_o turk_n the_o present_a king_n of_o old_a babylon_n and_o the_o roman_a that_o once_o be_v the_o tyrant_n of_o old_a babylon_n and_o after_o that_o continue_v to_o be_v the_o tyrant_n of_o new_a babylon_n viz._n rome_n first_o by_o heathen_a tyranny_n and_o after_o by_o papal_n and_o antichristian_a tyranny_n down_o to_o this_o day_n according_a to_o prophecy_n in_o dan._n 7._o and_o this_o must_v be_v do_v by_o the_o power_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o church_n ibid._n and_o dan._n 2._o now_o neither_o the_o turkish_a king_n of_o babylon_n nor_o his_o kingdom_n be_v yet_o destroy_v but_o rather_o mighty_o prosper_v and_o prevail_v yea_o and_o god_n be_v behind_o in_o arrear_n of_o judgement_n with_o new_a romish_a babylon_n for_o her_o heathenish_a ten_o bloody_a persecution_n extend_v by_o interval_n about_o three_o hundred_o year_n and_o have_v not_o give_v she_o her_o present_a pay_n for_o her_o late_a papal_n and_o antichristian_a massacre_n inquisition_n torture_n and_o blasphemy_n as_o to_o the_o matter_n of_o destroy_v the_o supreme_a power_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o babylon_n according_a to_o the_o amplification_n of_o revelation_n 17_o 18_o and_o 19_o chapter_n §_o 4_o note_v fourthly_a that_o the_o successive_a punish_v the_o enemy_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o succeed_a generation_n follow_v this_o prophecy_n must_v so_o succeed_v as_o to_o have_v this_o success_n that_o israel_n and_o judah_n may_v be_v deliver_v from_o their_o dispersion_n and_o restore_v to_o their_o own_o land_n and_o distinct_o to_o their_o several_a quarter_n there_o viz._n carmel_n bashan_n ephraim_n and_o gilead_n one_o carmel_n be_v a_o city_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n some_o twelve_o mile_n from_o jerusalem_n southward_o another_o carmel_n be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o issachar_n about_o threescore_o and_o four_o mile_n from_o jerusalem_n northward_o not_o far_o from_o prolemais_n towards_o the_o shore_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n josh_n 19_o jer._n 46._o bashan_n before_o the_o israelite_n come_v up_o from_o egypt_n to_o canaan_n be_v of_o the_o country_n of_o og_n but_o after_o become_v part_n of_o the_o portion_n of_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n numb_a 21._o isa_n 2.13_o mount_v ephraim_n be_v between_o jericho_n and_o jerusalem_n extend_v towards_o the_o sea_n it_o be_v the_o portion_n of_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n josh_n 13._o and_o 17._o and_o as_o one_o half_a of_o the_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n stick_v to_o judah_n so_o ephraim_n be_v a_o usual_a expression_n to_o signify_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n or_o israel_n isa_n 7._o isa_n 9_o hos_fw-la 5._o psal_n 59_o gilead_n be_v a_o country_n that_o lie_v between_o the_o sea_n of_o galilee_n and_o mount_v gilead_n some_o sixty_o mile_n from_o jerusalem_n it_o separate_v the_o country_n of_o galilee_n from_o israel_n by_o this_o description_n of_o the_o situation_n and_o owner_n of_o these_o place_n it_o evident_o appear_v that_o god_n mind_n in_o this_o prophecy_n of_o jeremy_n be_v that_o not_o only_o the_o two_o tribe_n but_o also_o the_o other_o ten_o and_o so_o all_o twelve_o be_v to_o be_v restore_v to_o their_o own_o land_n though_o it_o cost_v the_o ruin_n of_o all_o king_n of_o all_o babylon_n whatsoever_o but_o this_o be_v not_o yet_o fulfil_v as_o the_o present_a and_o long_a time_n past_o condition_n of_o those_o twelve_o tribe_n sad_o speak_v §_o 5_o therefore_o as_o sure_o as_o god_n be_v true_a these_o prophecy_n of_o jeremiah_n must_v be_v yet_o fulfil_v on_o earth_n and_o that_o before_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n as_o we_o say_v before_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o thing_n necessary_o require_v it_o thus_o of_o jeremiah_n sect_n xxxi_o next_o we_o come_v to_o the_o prophet_n ezekiel_n the_o first_o place_n be_v in_o chapter_n 28._o v._n 24_o 25_o 26._o verse_n 24._o there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o a_o prick_a briar_n unto_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n
of_o judgement_n as_o be_v full_o discuss_v elsewhere_o in_o this_o volume_n but_o do_v clear_o comport_v with_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o business_n of_o the_o great_a restauration_n at_o the_o general_n call_v of_o the_o jew_n see_v in_o this_o three_o book_n chap._n 2._o sect._n 37._o §_o 20._o ¶_o 5._o etc._n etc._n so_o likewise_o the_o apostle_n paul_n apply_v the_o phrase_n and_o thing_n of_o this_o 37_o of_o ezekiel_n to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o general_n call_v of_o the_o jew_n rom._n 11.15_o if_o the_o cast_v away_o of_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o reconcile_n of_o the_o world_n what_o shall_v be_v the_o receive_n of_o the_o jew_n but_o life_n from_z the_o dead_a so_o likewise_o st._n john_n in_o revelation_n chap._n 11.11_o to_o 14_o show_n plain_o that_o the_o witness_n must_v first_o rise_v and_o then_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n and_o then_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n of_o the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n fall_v and_o thousand_o be_v slay_v which_o thing_n can_v have_v no_o fellowship_n with_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n especial_o if_o we_o mark_v that_o the_o earthquake_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o city_n and_o the_o slaughter_n be_v mention_v afore_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n now_o within_o the_o last_o of_o the_o space_n of_o which_o seven_o trumpet_n fall_v the_o ultimate_a judgement_n and_o therefore_o these_o thing_n belong_v to_o the_o great_a restauration_n at_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o call_v of_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o glorious_a church_n of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n for_o present_o after_o ver_fw-la 14_o 15._o the_o seven_o trumpet_n sound_v and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n thus_o of_o the_o place_n in_o ezekiel_n sect_n xxxv_o next_o we_o come_v to_o daniel_n the_o first_o place_n in_o this_o prophet_n be_v in_o the_o second_o chapter_n from_o ver_fw-la 31._o to_o ver_fw-la 36._o §_o 1_o now_o mr._n mede_n late_o print_v diatribae_fw-la pars_fw-la 4._o and_o his_o opuscula_fw-la and_o my_o pen_n be_v meet_v i_o shall_v give_v he_o the_o way_n and_o precedency_n as_o glad_a of_o such_o a_o strongly-learned_n captain_n to_o lead_v i_o up_o in_o the_o skirmish_n for_o the_o truth_n now_o in_o hand_n against_o the_o many_o opposer_n thereof_o and_o the_o rather_o because_o perhaps_o such_o be_v the_o partiall-personalities_a that_o act_n some_o man_n brain_n the_o same_o truth_n will_v be_v better_o accept_v from_o his_o mouth_n then_o from_o i_o quo_fw-la demum_fw-la say_v he_o 2._o he_o opuscul_fw-la par_fw-fr 2._o p._n 20._o arg._n 2._o absoluto_fw-la etc._n etc._n i._n e._n the_o four_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n according_a to_o daniel_n be_v that_o upon_o the_o dissolution_n and_o abolition_n whereof_o follow_v the_o consummation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n note_n kingdom_n by_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o mr._n mede_n doâ—h_v â—o_o often_o mention_n in_o these_o â—is_fw-la discourse_n here_o quote_v in_o this_o §._o 1._o he_o â—eans_v as_o he_o expound_v it_o in_o other_o place_n of_o his_o work_n christ_n church_n as_o christian_a or_o the_o christian_a church_n of_o christ_n see_v before_o in_o this_o three_o book_n chap._n 2._o sect._n 12_o s._n in_o the_o large_a marginal_a note_n but_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n be_v once_o extinct_a and_o abolish_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v be_v consummate_v therefore_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n be_v the_o four_o the_o major_a or_o first_o proposition_n be_v most_o evident_a from_o either_o pprophecy_n of_o daniel_n as_o concern_v nebuchadnezar_n dream_v thou_o see_v say_v he_o chap._n 2._o v._n 34_o 35._o until_o a_o stone_n be_v cut_v out_o without_o hand_n and_o it_o smoate_v the_o image_n upon_o its_o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n so_o that_o it_o break_v they_o to_o piece_n so_o the_o wind_n carry_v they_o away_o and_o no_o place_n be_v find_v for_o they_o but_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v the_o image_n become_v a_o great_a mountain_n so_o that_o it_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n that_o be_v daniel_n himself_o be_v the_o interpreter_n in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n the_o god_n of_o heaven_n will_v raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n this_o be_v that_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n which_o shall_v not_o for_o ever_o be_v destroy_v and_o which_o shall_v not_o be_v leave_v to_o another_o people_n as_o it_o befall_v the_o former_a monarchy_n but_o it_o shall_v crumb_n and_o consume_v all_o those_o kingdom_n but_o itself_o shall_v stand_v for_o ever_o that_o be_v the_o stone_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n have_v now_o for_o many_o age_n past_a be_v cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n of_o this_o world_n at_o length_n when_o the_o time_n decree_v of_o god_n shall_v come_v the_o last_o part_n of_o this_o image_n be_v cast_v out_o and_o utter_o abolish_v though_o hitherto_o it_o have_v be_v but_o a_o stone_n and_o indeed_o of_o offence_n or_o stumble_v shall_v then_o grow_v into_o a_o huge_a mountain_n and_o shall_v fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n for_o the_o minor_a or_o second_v proposition_n that_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n be_v once_o extinct_a and_o abolish_v the_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n of_o christ_n shall_v be_v consummate_v it_o be_v easy_o prove_v out_o of_o the_o new_a testament_n for_o by_o or_o from_o the_o abolition_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v consummate_v 2_o thes_n 2.8_o and_o that_o wicked_a one_o shall_v be_v reveal_v who_o the_o lord_n will_v consume_v with_o the_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n and_o shall_v abolish_v with_o the_o splendour_n or_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n or_o as_o the_o syriack_n shall_v kill_v he_o with_o the_o revelation_n or_o manifestation_n of_o his_o come_n so_o also_o it_o be_v apparent_a out_o of_o the_o apocalypse_v that_o antichrist_n shall_v remain_v till_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v the_o last_o trumpet_n which_o once_o sound_v there_o be_v great_a voice_n in_o heaven_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n who_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o rev._n 11.15_o the_o very_a same_o thing_n which_o the_o angel_n a_o little_a afore_o rev._n 10.6_o foretell_v that_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n sound_v the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v as_o he_o have_v declare_v to_o his_o servant_n the_o prophet_n but_o antichrist_n be_v to_o rise_v out_o of_o the_o roman_a empire_n 2_o thes_n 2.7_o and_o revel_v 16._o john_n affirm_v antichrist_n to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven-headed_a beast_n the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n be_v say_v mr._n mede_n 361.393_o mede_n diatr_n par_fw-fr 4._o p._n 361.393_o twice_o reveal_v first_o to_o nabuchadnezzar_n in_o a_o glorious_a image_n of_o four_o metal_n 2_o to_o daniel_n himself_o in_o a_o vision_n of_o four_o divers_a beast_n arise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n the_o intent_n of_o both_o be_v by_o that_o succession_n of_o kingdom_n to_o point_v out_o the_o time_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o no_o other_o kingdom_n shall_v succeed_v or_o destroy_v nebuchadnezar_n image_n of_o monarchy_n dan._n 2._o point_n out_o two_o state_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o first_o to_o be_v while_o the_o time_n of_o those_o kingdom_n of_o the_o gentile_n yet_o last_v typify_v by_o a_o stonf_n cut_v out_o of_o a_o mountain_n without_o hand_n the_o monarchical_a statue_n yet_o stand_v upon_o his_o foot_n the_o second_o not_o to_o be_v until_o the_o utter_a destruction_n and_o dissipation_n of_o the_o image_n when_o the_o stone_n have_v smite_v it_o upon_o the_o foot_n shall_v grow_v into_o a_o great_a mountain_n which_o shall_v fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n the_o first_o may_v be_v call_v for_o distinction_n sake_n regnum_fw-la lapidis_fw-la the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n which_o be_v the_o slate_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o hitherto_o have_v be_v the_o other_o regnum_fw-la montis_fw-la the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mountain_n that_o be_v of_o the_o stone_n grow_v into_o a_o mountain_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v the_o state_n of_o his_o kingdom_n which_o hereafter_o shall_v be_v the_o intervallum_n between_o these_o two_o from_o the_o time_n the_o stone_n be_v first_o hew_v out_o that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v first_o advance_v until_o the_o time_n it_o become_v a_o mountain_n that_o be_v when_o the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v be_v the_o subject_n of_o the_o apocalypticall_a vision_n note_v here_o that_o the_o stone_n be_v expound_v by_o daniel_n to_o be_v that_o last_a kingdom_n which_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n shall_v set_v up_o second_o that_o the_o stone_n be_v hew_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n before_o it_o smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o
foot_n and_o consequent_o before_o the_o image_n be_v dissipate_v and_o therefore_o that_o the_o kingdom_n typify_v by_o the_o stone_n while_o it_o remain_v a_o stone_n must_v needs_o be_v within_o the_o time_n of_o those_o monarchy_n that_o be_v before_o the_o last_o of_o they_o viz._n the_o roman_a shall_v expire_v wherefore_o daniel_n interpret_v vers_fw-la 44._o of_o this_o second_o chapter_n that_o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n not_o after_o they_o but_o while_o some_o of_o they_o be_v in_o be_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n shall_v set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n which_o shall_v never_o be_v destroy_v nor_o leave_v as_o the_o other_o be_v to_o another_o people_n but_o shall_v break_v in_o piece_n and_o consume_v add_v those_o kingdom_n and_o itself_o shall_v stand_v for_o ever_o and_o all_o this_o he_o speak_v as_o the_o interpretation_n of_o the_o stone_n for_o as_o much_o say_v he_o as_o thou_o see_v that_o a_o stone_n be_v cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n without_o hand_n and_o that_o it_o break_v in_o piece_n the_o iron_n the_o brass_n the_o clay_n the_o silver_n and_o the_o gold_n here_o make_v the_o full_a point_n for_o these_o word_n belong_v not_o to_o that_o which_o follow_v as_o our_o bibles_n misse-distinguishing_a seem_v to_o refer_v they_o but_o to_o that_o which_o go_v afore_o of_o their_o interpretation_n but_o the_o stone_n become_v a_o mountain_n he_o expound_v not_o but_o leave_v to_o be_v gather_v by_o what_o he_o have_v already_o expound_v so_o then_o in_o the_o day_n of_o those_o kingdom_n of_o the_o gentile_n signify_v during_o they_o and_o in_o the_o latter_a part_n of_o they_o as_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o thing_n speak_v of_o sufficient_o argue_v which_o be_v to_o destroy_v the_o last_o kingdom_n which_o have_v destroy_v and_o swallow_v the_o former_a three_o i_o mean_v the_o second_o swallow_v or_o possess_v the_o first_o the_o three_o the_o second_o the_o four_o the_o three_o and_o so_o in_o a_o sense_n by_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o the_o stone_n destroy_v all_o the_o rest_n as_o contain_v therein_o for_o the_o stone_n smite_v neither_o the_o golden_a part_n nor_o the_o silver_n nor_o the_o brass_n immediate_o but_o only_o the_o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n and_o yet_o by_o that_o blow_n be_v the_o brass_n the_o silver_n and_o the_o gold_n destroy_v also_o in_o as_o much_o as_o they_o all_o come_v by_o succession_n to_o the_o iron_n i_o add_v that_o the_o dissipation_n of_o the_o gold_n silver_z and_o brass_n together_o with_o the_o iron_n may_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d typi_fw-la the_o comeliness_n or_o conveniency_n of_o the_o type_n because_o the_o part_n of_o the_o image_n in_o the_o type_n can_v not_o succeed_v one_o another_o in_o time_n as_o the_o kingdom_n signify_v by_o they_o do_v and_o so_o the_o image_n appear_v to_o be_v dissipate_v all_o at_o once_o in_o vision_n though_o the_o kingdom_n be_v not_o so_o save_v only_o in_o the_o sense_n afore-named_n thus_o mr._n mede_n to_o who_o i_o assent_v almost_o in_o all_o thing_n i_o have_v other_o good_a company_n to_o go_v along_o with_o i_o in_o this_o point_n upon_o this_o chapter_n but_o i_o must_v first_o premise_v some_o thing_n to_o make_v way_n for_o they_o you_o have_v in_o this_o second_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n from_o ver_fw-la 36._o to_o ver_fw-la 46._o the_o pprophecy_n of_o this_o visibly-glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o be_v on_o earth_n give_v by_o god_n to_o nabuchadnezzar_n in_o a_o dream_n of_o a_o great_a image_n ver_fw-la 31._o etc._n etc._n of_o four_o metal_n in_o the_o four_o part_n thereof_o the_o head_n be_v of_o gold_n the_o breast_n and_o arm_n of_o silver_n the_o belly_n and_o thigh_n of_o brass_n the_o leg_n and_o foot_n of_o iron_n but_o in_o the_o foot_n a_o mixture_n of_o clay_n and_o to_o daniel_n by_o the_o spirit_n of_o prophetical_a revelation_n to_o interpret_v it_o according_a to_o the_o true_a intent_n and_o meaning_n of_o god_n mind_n therein_o according_a to_o which_o in_o ver_fw-la 37_o 38._o daniel_n tell_v nebuchadnezzer_n that_o he_o the_o say_v nabuchadnezzar_n be_v the_o first_o part_n of_o the_o first_o metal_n viz._n the_o head_n of_o gold_n in_o that_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n have_v give_v he_o a_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n viz._n the_o assyrio-chaldean_a and_o power_n and_o strength_n and_o glory_n why_o further_o he_o be_v call_v a_o golden_a head_n we_o shall_v annex_v more_o convenient_o by_o and_o by_o in_o ver_fw-la 39_o daniel_n tell_v he_o that_o after_o he_o shall_v arise_v a_o inferior_a kingdom_n which_o he_o apply_v to_o the_o breast_n and_o arm_n of_o silver_n mention_v afore_o in_o verse_n 32._o which_o fit_o resemble_v the_o empire_n that_o next_o follow_v viz._n the_o medo_n persian_n which_o take_v the_o say_v golden_a head_n when_o darius_n dan._n 5._o take_v babylon_n add_v to_o it_o this_o breast_n of_o empire_n with_o the_o two_o arm_n of_o mede_n and_o persian_n and_o therefore_o this_o silver_n empie_n be_v call_v inferior_a not_o in_o respect_n of_o power_n authority_n or_o territory_n wherein_o it_o be_v great_a by_o take_v to_o itself_o that_o of_o the_o former_a and_o add_v its_o own_o but_o in_o manner_n of_o government_n as_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o church_n be_v far_o more_o harsh_a to_o the_o jew_n till_o the_o last_o than_o the_o former_a the_o jew_n enjoy_v golden_a day_n in_o comparison_n under_o nebuchadnezar_n empire_n although_o he_o be_v the_o first_o that_o take_v the_o kingdom_n from_o the_o jew_n which_o be_v the_o reason_n why_o the_o sacred_a story_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n foreign_a state_n begin_v at_o nabuchadnezzar_n call_v he_o the_o head_n when_o as_o the_o empire_n of_o assyria_n and_o chaldea_n be_v long_o afore_o he_o in_o be_v viz._n the_o scripture_n take_v no_o notice_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o heathen_n or_o of_o the_o world_n further_o than_o as_o they_o concern_v the_o woe_n or_o weal_n of_o the_o church_n this_o nabuchadnezzar_n therefore_o begin_v the_o desolation_n of_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n as_o to_o their_o temple-worship_n and_o habitation_n in_o the_o enjoyment_n of_o these_o in_o their_o own_o land_n be_v call_v the_o head_n of_o that_o monstrous_a image_n of_o monarchy_n in_o the_o same_o 39_o verse_n daniel_n tell_v he_o that_o after_o that_o second_o empire_n of_o silver_n shall_v arise_v a_o three_o of_o brass_n which_o metal_n though_o otherwise_o not_o express_v intimate_v by_o the_o order_n and_o proportion_n of_o descension_n and_o degeneration_n in_o call_v the_o silver_n one_o inferior_a to_o the_o golden_a that_o this_o three_o brazen_a one_o shall_v be_v as_o much_o base_a and_o worse_o if_o not_o more_o in_o the_o sense_n aforesaid_a than_o the_o second_o of_o silver_n as_o the_o silver_n be_v worse_a than_o the_o gold_n and_o this_o be_v to_o signify_v the_o grecian_a empire_n or_o monarchy_n alexander_n the_o great_a be_v the_o belly_n that_o possess_v it_o in_o whole_a and_o his_o two_o commander_n succeed_v he_o be_v the_o two_o thigh_n or_o hip_n for_o though_o four_o at_o first_o share_v it_o yet_o all_o by_o their_o disagree_v and_o strive_v soon_o fall_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o those_o two_o whereof_o one_o have_v the_o northern_a moiety_n or_o half_a call_v therefore_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n the_o other_o the_o southern_a call_v thereupon_o the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n as_o you_o have_v the_o matter_n at_o large_a by_o way_n of_o pprophecy_n dan_o 11._o to_o which_o the_o best_a history_n since_o do_v exact_o answer_v but_o of_o this_o more_o after_o when_o we_o come_v to_o the_o eleven_o of_o daniel_n in_o ver_fw-la 40_o 41_o 42.43_o daniel_n tell_v nabuchadnezzar_n that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n empire_n or_o monarchy_n shall_v be_v of_o iron_n and_o clay_n thereby_o signify_v a_o base_a state_n than_o the_o former_a in_o the_o sense_n afore-explained_n and_o this_o must_v of_o necessity_n signify_v the_o roman_a empire_n which_o next_o follow_v the_o grecian_a conquer_a it_o as_o dan._n 9_o prophecy_n and_o history_n since_o singular_o show_v the_o performance_n in_o the_o day_n of_o this_o iron_n empire_n christ_n come_v ver_fw-la 44._o imperante_fw-la augusto_fw-la natus_fw-la est_fw-la christus_fw-la imperante_fw-la tiberio_fw-la crucifixus_fw-la be_v know_v to_o every_o schoolboy_n that_o have_v learn_v his_o grammar_n he_o come_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n not_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o grecian_a or_o any_o of_o the_o former_a and_o this_o roman_a empire_n be_v describe_v by_o and_o call_v iron_n because_o it_o be_v hard_a and_o hardy_a to_o break_v the_o former_a and_o more_o cruel_a as_o we_o afore_o intimate_v to_o the_o church_n witness_v the_o vespasian-titan_n cruelty_n prophesy_v by_o christ_n matth._n 24.1_o etc._n etc._n to_o come_v to_o
pass_v as_o it_o do_v about_o forty_o year_n after_o christ_n ascension_n and_o so_o along_o with_o it_o and_o afore_o and_o downward_o throughout_o the_o ten_o persecution_n for_o three_o hundred_o year_n in_o all_o the_o roman_a emperor_n successive_o most_o bloody_o and_o with_o variety_n of_o torment_n persecute_v the_o church_n in_o innumerable_a multitude_n in_o all_o country_n under_o their_o expanse_fw-mi dominion_n this_o empire_n though_o at_o christ_n birth_n be_v for_o a_o time_n unite_v if_o we_o may_v so_o say_v in_o the_o twist_n of_o the_o two_o leg_n or_o thigh_n as_o the_o two_o brazen_a hip_n be_v at_o first_o in_o the_o belly_n yet_o a_o while_n after_o it_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o two_o thigh_n or_o leg_n and_o foot_n with_o their_o ten_o toe_n and_o those_o foot_n and_o toe_n be_v mix_v with_o clay_n among_o the_o iron_n that_o be_v it_o be_v divide_v into_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a empire_n constantinople_n be_v the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o eastern_a and_o rome_n of_o the_o western_a and_o so_o opportune_o fall_v into_o subdivision_n till_o it_o answer_v exact_o to_o these_o ten_o toe_n and_o saint_n john_n beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n and_o they_o be_v mingle_v with_o clay_n because_o now_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o church_n as_o they_o seem_v in_o outward_a profession_n much_o degenerate_v mingle_v themselves_o with_o the_o dirty_a seed_n and_o son_n of_o man_n that_o be_v the_o heathen_a and_o man_n of_o the_o world_n that_o be_v out_o of_o the_o church_n according_a to_o that_o phrase_n gen._n 6.2_o that_o be_v the_o papacy_n or_o papal_a church_n as_o they_o pretend_v to_o be_v and_o their_o issue_n incorporate_v themselves_o with_o the_o civil_a state_n power_n all_o which_o can_v fit_v to_o none_o so_o apt_o as_o to_o the_o roman_a empire_n the_o marriage_n between_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n be_v both_o and_o all_o of_o the_o seed_n of_o man_n and_o therefore_o the_o mixture_n aforesaid_a be_v not_o applicable_a to_o they_o as_o for_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n it_o be_v divide_v to_o this_o day_n the_o mahomitan_a turk_n in_o several_a respect_n aforesaid_a rise_v out_o of_o the_o roman_n though_o otherwise_o in_o part_n a_o jew_n by_o blood_n have_v the_o constantinopolitan_a eastern_a part_n and_o the_o imperial_a pontificial_a pope_n have_v the_o roman_a western_a thus_o you_o see_v how_o large_o daniel_n by_o god_n spirit_n of_o prophetical_a revelation_n show_v we_o the_o succession_n and_o success_n of_o the_o four_o great_a monarchy_n of_o the_o earth_n extend_v from_o before_o daniel_n down_o to_o we_o spread_v themselves_o over_o the_o face_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o how_o the_o latter_a eat_v up_o the_o former_a make_v itself_o fat_a and_o strong_a thereby_o now_o what_o shall_v be_v the_o design_n of_o the_o heavenly_a church-loving_a god_n so_o much_o to_o mind_n matter_n of_o state_n and_o worldly_a polity_n and_o in_o a_o pprophecy_n to_o his_o spiritual_a world-slighting_a church_n sure_o a_o very_a considerable_a one_o viz._n to_o the_o end_n he_o may_v methodical_o for_o their_o better_a capacity_n and_o understanding_n prophesy_v to_o they_o of_o a_o fifo_o monarchy_n or_o empire_n or_o kingdom_n big_a and_o better_a than_o any_o of_o the_o former_a to_o follow_v at_o the_o heel_n yea_o to_o tread_v upon_o the_o toe_n of_o the_o four_o and_o that_o by_o a_o glorious_a conquest_n so_o that_o as_o curious_a wit_n speak_v of_o quintessentia_fw-la the_o quintessence_n of_o being_n so_o this_o shall_v be_v the_o quintessence_n of_o what_o ever_o be_v good_a in_o all_o the_o four_o precede_a with_o a_o addition_n of_o celestial_a divine_a and_o infuse_v and_o superfused_a grace_n and_o glory_n this_o five_o monarchy_n be_v immediate_o under_o christ_n than_o the_o sole_a emperor_n thereof_o and_o this_o must_v as_o real_o orderly_o and_o assure_o succeed_v after_o and_o prevail_v over_o all_o the_o place_n power_n and_o territory_n of_o the_o former_a as_o they_o follow_v and_o foil_v one_o another_o so_o that_o this_o five_o monarchy_n must_v as_o real_o and_o sensible_o be_v upon_o earth_n as_o any_o of_o the_o precede_a be_v as_o daniel_n with_o all_o might_n and_o main_a of_o phrase_n strive_v according_a to_o god_n dictate_v most_o plain_o to_o set_v forth_o §_o 3_o in_o this_o very_a sense_n of_o this_o notable_a place_n of_o daniel_n to_o that_o end_n i_o have_v very_o learned_a and_o pious_a man_n to_o go_v along_o with_o i_o viz._n mr._n huet_n on_o daniel_n mr._n parker_n in_o his_o vision_n and_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n expound_v and_o mr._n archer_n in_o his_o personal_a reign_n of_o christ_n you_o shall_v hear_v they_o themselves_o speak_v and_o urge_v their_o own_o proof_n reason_n and_o argument_n that_o you_o may_v the_o better_o see_v cause_n to_o justify_v they_o and_o not_o condemn_v i_o of_o singularity_n §_o 4_o the_o sum_n of_o mr._n huet_n be_v this_o the_o five_o kingdom_n be_v make_v up_o of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o jew_n who_o out_o of_o their_o dead_a and_o desolate_a estate_n in_o regard_n of_o piety_n and_o polity_n be_v awaken_v by_o god_n and_o bring_v to_o the_o embracement_n of_o christian_a religion_n and_o to_o unite_v into_o a_o kingdom_n who_o be_v as_o dead_a man_n under_o the_o flourish_a state_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o rome_n but_o in_o the_o decline_a condition_n of_o that_o roman_a empire_n the_o jew_n be_v to_o be_v awaken_v by_o god_n and_o to_o be_v reestablish_v into_o their_o former_a kingdom_n with_o great_a glory_n and_o large_a command_n ash_n we_o ¶_o 1._o such_o a_o kingdom_n be_v here_o intend_a as_o be_v by_o the_o four_o metal_n withhold_v from_o the_o jew_n who_o of_o all_o noah_n posterity_n be_v the_o just_a heir_n of_o the_o world_n i_o be_o be_v to_o be_v a_o servant_n and_o japhet_n be_v to_o dwell_v in_o the_o tent_n of_o shem_n as_o one_o of_o his_o family_n shem_n be_v the_o head_n of_o that_o family_n that_o such_o a_o kingdom_n must_v be_v here_o mean_v appear_v in_o that_o the_o image_n stand_v up_o at_o the_o instant_n of_o the_o jew_n loss_n of_o sovereignty_n be_v make_v vassal_n to_o the_o chaldean_n by_o captivity_n 2._o in_o that_o this_o five_o kingdom_n as_o it_o relate_v to_o the_o jew_n for_o the_o christian_a gentile_n must_v by_o no_o mean_n be_v dissever_v begin_v to_o be_v raise_v up_o to_o his_o greatness_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o batter_a of_o the_o image_n now_o have_v this_o kingdom_n be_v mere_o spiritual_a it_o need_v not_o to_o have_v stay_v for_o the_o overthrow_n ☞_o ☞_o of_o the_o image_n before_o it_o fill_v the_o earth_n see_v christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n do_v not_o overthrow_n but_o rather_o set_v up_o civil_a government_n and_o the_o gospel_n have_v flourish_v where_o the_o church_n have_v be_v under_o tyranny_n ¶_o 2._o it_o be_v such_o a_o kingdom_n as_o do_v break_v in_o piece_n all_o the_o former_a metal_n viz._n smite_v the_o foot_n and_o so_o demolish_v the_o image_n now_o ☞_o ☞_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v rather_o invest_v than_o dis-robe_n earthly_a king_n and_o emperor_n command_v obedience_n to_o they_o whether_o good_a or_o bad_a as_o the_o scripture_n abundant_o mention_v this_o smite_v of_o the_o foot_n be_v leave_v out_o as_o a_o cypher_n by_o they_o that_o interpret_v it_o spiritual_o of_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o word_n consider_v then_o if_o this_o ☞_o ☞_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n discover_v the_o vanity_n of_o earthly_a thing_n how_o glorious_a soever_o why_o shall_v it_o not_o rather_o strike_v at_o the_o more_o glorious_a metal_n be_v there_o any_o sense_n that_o christ_n shall_v declaim_v against_o the_o base_a thing_n of_o the_o world_n and_o pass_v by_o the_o eminent_a state_n or_o shall_v we_o think_v that_o a_o conviction_n wrought_v in_o syria-egypt_n as_o some_o by_o these_o make_v up_o the_o account_n of_o the_o four_o metal_n shall_v occasion_v the_o other_o state_n to_o yield_v to_o the_o embracement_n of_o the_o faith_n of_o christ_n themselves_o be_v stranger_n to_o his_o sermon_n sure_o i_o be_o the_o conversion_n of_o nation_n to_o the_o faith_n cost_v more_o ado_n or_o last_o dare_v any_o say_v that_o our_o lord_n either_o by_o his_o own_o person_n or_o apostle_n do_v first_o preach_v to_o the_o state_n of_o syria_n and_o egypt_n before_o any_o other_o country_n be_v there_o not_o clear_a evidence_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o other_o church_n before_o clay-footed_n syria-egypt_n how_o then_o be_v the_o stone_n say_v immediate_o to_o smite_v the_o foot_n rather_o than_o any_o other_o part_n of_o the_o image_n sure_o these_o and_o the_o like_a improbability_n we_o fall_v into_o by_o intend_v hence_o christ_n ministry_n of_o the_o gospel_n
¶_o 3._o such_o a_o kingdom_n be_v here_o intend_a as_o be_v to_o be_v continue_v to_o the_o jew_n without_o alteration_n so_o the_o text_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v give_v to_o another_o people_n from_o daniel_n people_n but_o when_o christ_n first_o come_v and_o bring_v his_o spiritual_a kingdom_n while_o to_o be_v mere_o spiritual_a he_o first_o preach_v the_o gospel_n to_o the_o lose_a sheep_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n from_o who_o notwithstanding_o the_o gospel_n be_v take_v away_o and_o give_v to_o the_o gentile_n the_o which_o argument_n be_v yet_o more_o plain_o lay_v down_o in_o dan._n 7._o ver_fw-la 18._o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v take_v the_o kingdom_n from_o the_o beast_n and_o possess_v it_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o to_o which_o some_o answer_n the_o word_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o a_o strange_a people_n whereunto_o i_o reply_v the_o sense_n be_v the_o same_o another_o people_n or_o a_o strange_a people_n be_v indifferent_o the_o same_o since_o all_o be_v esteem_v stranger_n to_o the_o jew_n which_o be_v not_o jew_n other_o object_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v give_v to_o another_o people_n because_o christ_n will_v exercise_v his_o spiritual_a lordship_n himself_o to_o which_o sense_n i_o will_v subscribe_v if_o any_o show_v i_o who_o do_v exercise_v this_o spiritual_a lordship_n before_o the_o come_n of_o messiah_n for_o so_o much_o the_o word_n sound_v that_o whereas_o you_o have_v be_v hold_v under_o the_o tyrant_n of_o this_o world_n thus_o long_o upon_o the_o recovery_n of_o your_o kingdom_n it_o shall_v never_o be_v resign_v to_o any_o as_o it_o have_v be_v now_o nothing_o make_v more_o against_o they_o then_o this_o for_o it_o our_o lord_n do_v assume_v such_o a_o kingdom_n as_o be_v former_o resign_v to_o other_o it_o can_v be_v mean_v of_o spiritual_a regiment_n ¶_o 4._o such_o a_o kingdom_n be_v here_o mean_v as_o must_v answer_v to_o daniel_n scope_n in_o his_o answer_n to_o the_o king_n dream_n but_o if_o this_o kingdom_n be_v mean_v spiritual_o only_a than_o daniel_n have_v miss_v the_o scope_n much_o for_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v his_o thought_n busy_v about_o the_o issue_n of_o his_o monarchy_n according_a to_o which_o thought_n the_o dream_n be_v direct_v &_o daniel_n interpret_n it_o undertake_v to_o resolve_v he_o full_o for_o in_o a_o word_n daniel_n intend_v two_o main_a point_n 1._o to_o comfort_v the_o jew_n in_o the_o loss_n of_o their_o kingdom_n &_o liberty_n show_v that_o after_o many_o change_v it_o shall_v be_v restore_v to_o they_o again_o 2._o to_o convince_v the_o king_n of_o his_o tyranny_n over_o they_o by_o which_o his_o three_o heir_n shall_v be_v nothing_o the_o warm_a another_o shall_v take_v it_o from_o he_o a_o three_o from_o he_o and_o a_o four_o from_o he_o which_o at_o length_n maugre_o all_o their_o despite_n shall_v be_v return_v to_o the_o jew_n in_o great_a glory_n then_o ever_o they_o lose_v it_o now_o whether_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o christâ—oth_n â—oth_z answer_v this_o scope_n or_o no_o i_o leave_v to_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o godly_a wise_a thus_o mr._n huet_n to_o who_o in_o the_o general_a and_o main_a i_o full_o consent_n §_o 5_o next_o let_v we_o hear_v mr._n parker_n on_o this_o second_o of_o daniel_n the_o main_a controversy_n say_v he_o in_o this_o vision_n be_v about_o the_o iron_n foot_n and_o leg_n and_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v they_o the_o opinion_n of_o some_o be_v that_o the_o leg_n and_o toe_n of_o iron_n signify_v the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n in_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n and_o especial_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o that_o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n signify_v christ_n at_o his_o first_o come_n and_o his_o spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o this_o can_v stand_v ¶_o 1._o because_o every_o metal_n signify_v a_o distinct_a kingdom_n and_o the_o fullness_n and_o compliment_n thereof_o from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o perfect_a end_n and_o therefore_o as_o the_o brazen_a belly_n and_o thigh_n be_v the_o whole_a and_o perfect_a grecian_a kingdom_n so_o according_o the_o leg_n and_o foot_n of_o iron_n do_v signify_v another_o kingdom_n distinguish_v from_o the_o grecian_a which_o can_v be_v the_o seleucidae_n and_o other_o successor_n in_o the_o same_o kingdom_n for_o as_o the_o golden_a head_n signify_v the_o whole_a babylonian_a kingdom_n and_o the_o silver_n breast_n and_o arm_n the_o persian_a so_o the_o brazen_a belly_n and_o thigh_n the_o whole_a grecian_a include_v the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o other_o successor_n for_o these_o make_v up_o the_o integrity_n â—nd_v fullness_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n or_o kingdom_n as_o much_o as_o the_o successor_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n make_v up_o the_o integrity_n of_o the_o babylonian_a or_o as_o much_o as_o the_o successor_n of_o cyrus_n do_v concur_v to_o the_o perfect_a constitution_n of_o the_o persian_a and_o so_o when_o the_o greek_a kingdom_n be_v propose_v dan._n chap._n 8._o ver_fw-la 21_o 22._o it_o be_v express_o describe_v as_o constitute_v not_o only_o of_o alexander_n the_o great_a but_o also_o of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o other_o the_o successor_n in_o the_o same_o kingdom_n ¶_o 2._o this_o vision_n must_v reach_v to_o the_o last_o day_n chap._n 2.28_o which_o can_v not_o be_v if_o the_o leg_n and_o foot_n the_o extreme_a and_o utmost_a part_n of_o the_o image_n shall_v end_v in_o the_o seleucidae_n for_o as_o much_o as_o this_o kingdom_n expire_v before_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n ¶_o 3._o because_o the_o leg_n be_v say_v to_o be_v of_o iron_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o part_n and_o kingdom_n go_v before_o which_o be_v of_o weak_a metal_n whereas_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o other_o successor_n of_o alexander_n have_v not_o the_o strength_n of_o alexander_n c._n 8.21.22_o thou_o wilt-say_a the_o kingdom_n be_v represent_v by_o iron_n only_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o church_n whereunto_o it_o be_v more_o terrible_a than_o the_o former_a i_o reply_v 1_o as_o the_o two_o first_o kingdom_n be_v represent_v by_o unequal_a metal_n the_o first_o of_o gold_n the_o second_o of_o silver_n to_o note_v a_o absolute_a inferiority_n of_o the_o one_o unto_o the_o other_o chap._n 2.39_o so_o by_o proportion_n the_o two_o follow_v of_o brass_n and_o iron_n to_o note_v a_o absolute_a imparity_n in_o strength_n between_o the_o latter_a and_o the_o former_a wherefore_o the_o iron_n kingdom_n must_v be_v absolute_o and_o in_o itself_o strong_a than_o the_o brazen_a and_o not_o only_a in_o respect_n of_o particular_a exercise_n and_o employment_n of_o its_o strength_n against_o the_o people_n of_o the_o church_n 2._o the_o iron_n kingdom_n be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v as_o iron_n because_o it_o bruise_v all_o these_o that_o be_v the_o former_a kingdom_n and_o not_o only_o because_o more_o terrible_a to_o the_o jew_n ver_fw-la 40._o 3._o because_o it_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o the_o iron_n tooth_n chap._n 7._o v._n 7._o which_o be_v therefore_o so_o represent_v because_o it_o devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n and_o not_o the_o jew_n only_o 4._o because_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o haman_n in_o the_o former_a kingdom_n be_v more_o formidable_a to_o the_o jew_n than_o the_o seleucâ—dae_n and_o therefore_o there_o be_v no_o reason_n that_o in_o this_o respect_n only_o the_o four_o shall_v be_v represent_v by_o iron_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o former_a kingdom_n as_o strong_a and_o more_o terrible_a than_o those_o ¶_o 4._o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o king_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n set_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o son_n whereas_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o whole_a greek_a empire_n be_v utter_o dissolve_v before_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n v._o 44._o §_o 6_o neither_o can_v the_o stone_n that_o smite_v the_o image_n be_v christ_n at_o his_o first_o come_v and_o his_o kingdom_n immediate_o follow_v etc._n etc._n for_o the_o reason_n follow_v ¶_o 1._o because_o the_o kingdom_n signify_v by_o the_o stone_n must_v break_v in_o piece_n all_o the_o other_o kingdom_n but_o this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n ☞_o ☞_o that_o be_v and_o be_v between_o his_o first_o and_o second_o come_v be_v not_o appoint_v for_o the_o break_n down_o of_o all_o earthly_a kingdom_n this_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o gentile_n luk_n 21.24_o and_o for_o the_o adversary_n to_o reign_v and_o for_o the_o church_n to_o be_v trample_v under_o foot_n rev._n 11.2_o ¶_o 2._o again_o the_o kingdom_n here_o speak_v of_o do_v break_v in_o piece_n all_o other_o kingdom_n so_o that_o those_o be_v utter_o extinct_a this_o alone_a do_v stand_v in_o place_n of_o they_o for_o 44._o now_o this_o state_n be_v not_o to_o be_v expect_v under_o the_o kingdom_n of_o patience_n or_o before_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n who_o fall_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n
shall_v become_v the_o lord_n and_o his_o christ_n rev._n 11.15.18_o ¶_o 3._o further_o what_o prerogative_n and_o advancement_n have_v it_o be_v for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n spiritual_n to_o have_v break_v down_o ☞_o ☞_o the_o selcucidae_fw-la and_o other_o horn_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n as_o long_o as_o another_o kingdom_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n succeed_v in_o their_o place_n to_o beat_v down_o the_o church_n by_o the_o heathen_a emperor_n and_o antichrist_n for_o long_a space_n of_o time_n and_o with_o great_a and_o more_o terrible_a persecution_n then_o ever_o before_o §_o 7_o contrary_o i_o affirm_v that_o the_o leg_n foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o iron_n do_v signify_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n 1._o because_o it_o be_v represent_v by_o a_o distinct_a mettle_n come_v after_o the_o brazen_a belly_n and_o thigh_n which_o be_v the_o grecian_a for_o no_o other_o distinct_a monarchy_n come_v after_o the_o grecian_a but_o this_o as_o history_n do_v show_v 2._o because_o it_o be_v strong_a than_o all_o the_o rest_n and_o break_v they_o in_o piece_n dan._n 2.40_o 3._o the_o iron_n leg_n and_o foot_n be_v parallel_v with_o the_o iron_n tooth_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n which_o signify_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n dan._n 7.7_o 4._o the_o ten_o toe_n represent_v the_o ten_o king_n be_v according_o asleep_o character_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n revel_v 12.3_o and_o 13.1_o and_o 17.12_o 5._o it_o be_v such_o a_o kingdom_n as_o must_v stand_v to_o be_v destroy_v by_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o end_n of_o time_n and_o therefore_o can_v be_v no_o other_o ☜_o ☜_o than_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n yet_o continue_v under_o antichrist_n §_o 8_o the_o stone_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n as_o it_o be_v interpret_v dan._n 2.44.45_o with_o chap._n 7.26_o 27._o ☜_o ☜_o and_o that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n to_o be_v set_v up_o at_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n as_o it_o appear_v by_o these_o reason_n 1._o because_o it_o shall_v be_v set_v up_o to_o destroy_v all_o adverse_a kingdom_n in_o the_o world_n which_o can_v be_v expect_v till_o about_o the_o time_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n ☜_o ☜_o 2._o it_o shall_v not_o rise_v till_o about_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n which_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n revel_v 11.15_o 16_o 17._o 3._o then_o and_o not_o before_o it_o shall_v fill_v all_o the_o earth_n ver_fw-la 34_o 35.44_o 45._o that_o be_v all_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v subject_a unto_o it_o chap._n 7.26_o 27._o compare_n rev._n 11.15_o thus_o mr._n parker_n to_o who_o in_o the_o main_a and_o general_a of_o his_o matter_n i_o assent_v §_o 9_o in_o the_o last_o place_n let_v we_o hear_v mr._n archer_n speak_v in_o his_o forecited_n book_n p._n 7._o &_o 8._o and_o then_o i_o shall_v take_v my_o turn_n the_o four_o monarchy_n say_v he_o be_v that_o of_o the_o roman_n which_o because_o it_o begin_v far_o low_a than_o the_o rest_n viz._n more_o westward_o and_o yet_o rise_v as_o high_a eastward_o as_o the_o high_a of_o the_o former_a therefore_o it_o become_v a_o mighty_a monarchy_n than_o all_o the_o three_o former_a this_o be_v express_v in_o this_o second_o of_o daniel_n by_o leg_n of_o iron_n because_o it_o be_v the_o strong_a of_o all_o and_o subdue_v all_o under_o it_o but_o in_o process_n of_o time_n the_o body_n of_o the_o world_n which_o it_o bear_v up_o be_v so_o great_a to_o which_o it_o be_v a_o leg_n it_o divide_v itself_o into_o two_o leg_n viz._n the_o eastern_a and_o western_a monarchy_n which_o yet_o though_o divide_v be_v as_o strong_a as_o iron_n and_o hold_v all_o nation_n under_o they_o but_o in_o process_n of_o time_n fall_v into_o foot_n and_o toe_n the_o eastern_a monarchy_n be_v swallow_v up_o by_o the_o turk_n the_o western_a fall_v into_o divers_a kingdom_n but_o among_o these_o subdivide_v kingdom_n be_v strength_n and_o weakness_n the_o foot_n be_v part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n and_o much_o mingle_n there_o shall_v be_v among_o they_o to_o rejoin_a the_o kingdom_n into_o one_o body_n some_o whereof_z be_v weak_a and_o some_o strong_a as_o iron_n and_o clay_n but_o never_o shall_v be_v as_o iron_n can_v be_v mix_v with_o clay_n the_o spaniard_n and_o austrian_n of_o spain_n and_o germany_n and_o other_o nation_n of_o europe_n some_o of_o which_o be_v strong_a and_o some_o weak_a have_v seek_v by_o marriage_n and_o other_o covenant_n to_o mingle_v and_o rejoin_a themselves_o into_o one_o monarchy_n but_o it_o shall_v never_o be_v as_o we_o can_v mingle_v iron_n and_o clay_n but_o in_o the_o period_n and_o upshot_n of_o their_o sovereignty_n and_o monarchy_n they_o shall_v remain_v distinct_a kingdom_n as_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n partly_o weak_a and_o partly_o strong_a §_o 10_o now_o in_o the_o day_n of_o this_o roman_a monarchy_n this_o four_o western_a monarchy_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o stone_n cut_v out_o without_o hand_n which_o shall_v ruin_v these_o kingdom_n smite_v the_o image_n on_o the_o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n and_o so_o swallow_v up_o the_o whole_a image_n all_o the_o foregoing_a monarchy_n be_v bring_v under_o it_o and_o by_o it_o to_o nothing_o and_o it_o become_v a_o monarchy_n over_o the_o whole_a earth_n where_o ever_o the_o former_a monarchy_n have_v rule_v ver_fw-la 35._o that_o be_v as_o it_o be_v explain_v for_o 44_o 45._o a_o kingdom_n which_o that_o stone_n shall_v obtain_v set_v up_o by_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n whereas_o the_o other_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n be_v erect_v by_o man_n on_o earth_n though_o permit_v and_o order_v by_o god_n this_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n shall_v swallow_v up_o in_o it_o all_o foregoing_a monarchy_n and_o this_o be_v a_o five_o monarchy_n which_o shall_v arise_v in_o the_o world_n after_o the_o former_a four_o which_o be_v mean_v of_o a_o state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o appear_v by_o several_a reason_n ¶_o 1._o mark_v it_o be_v call_v a_o stone_n as_o christ_n be_v the_o chief_a corner_n stone_n which_o the_o bvilder_n refuse_v 1_o pet._n 2._o v._n 3._o etc._n etc._n to_o 8._o ¶_o 2._o again_o it_o be_v a_o stone_n not_o in_o hand_n or_o cut_v out_o without_o hand_n because_o god_n shall_v rear_v up_o this_o kingdom_n as_o touch_v mr._n archer_n word_n of_o god_n rear_v up_o this_o kingdom_n without_o hand_n of_o humane_a help_n i_o can_v insert_v or_o assent_v to_o while_o i_o stick_v at_o that_o place_n in_o daniel_n chap._n 12._o ver_fw-la 1._o etc._n etc._n that_o when_o michael_n shall_v stand_v up_o to_o deliver_v his_o people_n mean_v the_o great_a and_o general_a deliverance_n of_o the_o jew_n from_o temporal_a and_o spiritual_a captivity_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o great_a time_n of_o trouble_n such_o as_o there_o never_o be_v since_o it_o be_v a_o nation_n even_o to_o that_o same_o time_n insomuch_o that_o many_o of_o the_o jew_n afore_o as_o it_o be_v a_o sleep_n in_o the_o dust_n or_o as_o dead_a man_n in_o their_o forlorn_a hopeless_a and_o helpless_a condition_n shall_v now_o at_o christ_n appearance_n awake_a and_o stand_v up_o for_o the_o cause_n of_o their_o deliverance_n yet_o some_o of_o they_o shall_v fall_v off_o to_o their_o everlasting_a shame_n according_a to_o which_o there_o be_v a_o double_a period_n of_o time_n relate_v to_o their_o deliverance_n mention_v in_o the_o eleven_o and_o twelve_o verse_n of_o that_o chapter_n as_o if_o it_o shall_v begin_v at_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o year_n after_o the_o cease_n of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n but_o they_o only_o shall_v be_v bless_v that_o wait_n and_o come_v to_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o and_o five_o year_n which_o be_v forty_o five_o year_n after_o but_o of_o the_o full_a meaning_n of_o this_o place_n to_o this_o sense_n and_o the_o demonstration_n thereof_o we_o shall_v hear_v after_o in_o our_o last_o place_n of_o daniel_n this_o i_o confess_v and_o i_o can_v free_o conceive_v that_o whereas_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n be_v that_o stone_n that_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o mr._n mede_n mr._n huet_n and_o mr._n parker_n have_v afore_o well_o express_v or_o hint_v so_o christ_n call_n of_o the_o residue_n of_o the_o church_n into_o the_o state_n of_o grace_n at_o the_o great_a and_o last_o bring_v in_o of_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v so_o immediate_o and_o sudden_o do_v by_o christ_n himself_o by_o his_o appear_v in_o the_o cloud_n and_o such_o like_a extraordinary_a way_n as_o in_o the_o birth_n of_o a_o nation_n at_o once_o as_o the_o prophet_n describe_v their_o call_n that_o there_o shall_v not_o be_v use_v for_o aught_o i_o know_v the_o ministry_n of_o man_n preach_v to_o that_o end_n ¶_o 3._o it_o be_v
absolute_o for_o ever_o 2._o if_o any_o hanker_v and_o long_o after_o the_o sense_n that_o our_o translation_n hint_n as_o if_o the_o three_o former_a beast_n have_v a_o kind_n of_o life_n allow_v they_o after_o their_o dominion_n be_v take_v away_o to_o give_v these_o content_n we_o can_v give_v they_o this_o fair_a answer_n which_o may_v likewise_o be_v handsome_o improve_v as_o to_o the_o illustration_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n and_o so_o of_o the_o glorious_a remain_v of_o the_o five_o monarchy_n that_o though_o the_o three_o former_a monarchy_n be_v dis-robed_n of_o their_o monarchical_a paramount_n emperiality_n the_o former_a by_o the_o latter_a yet_o those_o three_o divine_v providence_n permit_v have_v continue_v unto_o they_o some_o degree_n of_o regality_n until_o some_o good_a space_n of_o time_n that_o the_o four_o have_v be_v in_o be_v and_o power_n which_o be_v the_o more_o probable_a 1._o because_o how_o else_o can_v it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o three_o trample_v the_o second_o and_o the_o four_o the_o three_o yea_o all_o the_o remainder_n of_o the_o former_a unless_o they_o have_v some_o entiry_n or_o be_v to_o be_v trample_v 2._o because_o the_o whole_a image_n be_v break_v by_o the_o ruin_n on_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o four_o and_o last_o and_o therefore_o probable_o there_o be_v certain_a break_a limb_n of_o the_o three_o former_a remain_v to_o be_v beat_v into_o dust_n with_o the_o four_o 3._o because_o we_o have_v some_o such_o account_n give_v we_o in_o the_o faithful_a humane_a history_n first_o for_o the_o armenian_n part_n of_o chaldea_n as_o some_o learned_a affirm_v have_v a_o king_n and_o kingly_a dignity_n even_o unto_o the_o day_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n tigranes_n king_n of_o armenia_n be_v subdue_v by_o the_o roman_a pompey_n and_o his_o country_n make_v tributary_n and_o so_o stamp_v under_o foot_n but_o after_o a_o while_n even_o in_o the_o reign_n of_o tiberius_n the_o same_o armenia_n be_v fortify_v against_o the_o roman_n who_o the_o emperor_n rather_o pacify_v with_o promise_n then_o subdue_v with_o war_n who_o after_o get_v the_o staff_n so_o far_o into_o their_o hand_n again_o that_o in_o the_o reign_n of_o jovinian_a they_o be_v call_v friend_n not_o vassal_n to_o the_o roman_n second_o for_o persia_n they_o have_v great_a power_n in_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n the_o great_a and_o of_o his_o son_n antiochus_n the_o vile_a of_o the_o greek_a monarchy_n down_o unto_o and_o far_o into_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n of_o who_o julian_n lose_v his_o life_n valerian_n go_v under_o ransom_n and_o jovinian_a put_v to_o the_o shameful_a foil_n of_o the_o loss_n of_o four_o whole_a province_n three_o for_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n after_o the_o roman_n have_v trample_v egypt_n anthony_n and_o cleopatra_n be_v subdue_v by_o augustus_n and_o their_o country_n reduce_v to_o province_n yet_o after_o the_o greek_n do_v so_o far_o shake_v off_o the_o roman_a yoke_n as_o that_o they_o withstand_v divers_a of_o their_o stout_a emperor_n viz._n galienus_n aurelian_a and_o dioclesian_n and_o this_o last_o answer_n do_v also_o well_o illustrate_v the_o pprophecy_n that_o whereas_o something_o of_o the_o former_a monarchy_n remain_v in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o late_a yet_o the_o five_o shall_v leave_v nothing_o of_o the_o four_o and_o so_o nothing_o of_o the_o former_a all_o be_v to_o be_v break_v in_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o four_o so_o glorious_a shall_v the_o five_o kingdom_n be_v now_o let_v the_o reader_n take_v which_o answer_n he_o please_v §_o 11_o have_v clear_v we_o hope_v this_o knot_n let_v we_o now_o go_v on_o with_o daniel_n vision_n wherein_o he_o have_v already_o show_v we_o towards_o the_o discovery_n of_o the_o who_o and_o what_o that_o destroy_v the_o four_o beast_n the_o posture_n and_o act_n of_o the_o session_n of_o judicature_n next_o he_o represent_v to_o we_o the_o person_n or_o person_n the_o captain_n and_o his_o army_n that_o take_v from_o the_o four_o beast_n the_o roman_a monarchy_n and_o all_o other_o kingdom_n into_o their_o own_o hand_n of_o power_n and_o these_o be_v christ_n and_o his_o christian_n vers_fw-la 13_o 14._o daniel_n see_v in_o the_o night-vision_n fit_o signify_v the_o antichristian_a darkness_n that_o then_o cloud_v the_o church_n one_o like_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v with_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n this_o be_v christ_n who_o relative_o as_o a_o king_n and_o captain_n general_n as_o the_o scripture_n set_v he_o forth_o and_o mystical_o as_o he_o be_v by_o union_n of_o the_o spirit_n head_n of_o his_o church_n do_v infer_v as_o soon_o as_o he_o be_v come_v a_o host_n of_o christian_n at_o his_o heel_n as_o part_v of_o his_o session_n when_o he_o sit_v all_o which_o must_v necessary_o be_v here_o understand_v as_o the_o 18_o 26_o and_o 27_o verse_n be_v of_o the_o interpretation_n of_o the_o vision_n give_v sufficient_a warrant_n vers_fw-la 18._o but_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v take_v the_o kingdom_n for_o ever_o 14._o zech._n 1.8_o heb._n 2.10_o revel_v 19.11_o 12_o 13_o 14._o even_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o ver_fw-la 27_o 28._o but_o the_o judgement_n shall_v sit_v and_o they_o of_o the_o judgement_n viz._n as_o it_o be_v in_o this_o vision_n the_o son_n of_o man_n and_o his_o ten_o thousand_o time_n ten_o thousand_o of_o all_o nation_n language_n and_o people_n that_o believe_v in_o he_o shall_v take_v away_o his_o the_o four_o beast_n dominion_n to_o consume_v and_o destroy_v it_o to_o the_o end_n and_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_z of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a who_o kingdom_n be_v a_o everlasting_a kingdom_n and_o all_o dominion_n shall_v serve_v he_o where_o most_o evident_o christ_n call_v here_o the_o son_n of_o man_n do_v as_o a_o public_a person_n and_o a_o representative_a as_o the_o second_o adam_n of_o all_o mankind_n that_o believe_v include_v and_o signify_v all_o the_o son_n of_o man_n that_o believe_v and_o they_o and_o he_o be_v so_o one_o mystical_o by_o faith_n and_o relative_o as_o a_o corporation_n or_o unite_a emperiality_n that_o it_o be_v indifferent_a to_o the_o holy_a ghost_n to_o mention_v he_o or_o they_o to_o be_v the_o ruler_n of_o this_o five_o monarchy_n as_o for_o that_o his_o come_n we_o mention_v but_o now_o daniel_n express_v it_o in_o the_o say_v thirteen_o verse_n the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v with_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n upon_o which_o word_n mr._n parker_n say_v thus_o the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v christ_n the_o head_n including_z also_o his_o body_n the_o church_n as_o appear_v ver_fw-la 26_o 27._o he_o be_v say_v to_o come_v and_o this_o be_v his_o second_o come_v in_o a_o large_a sense_n comprehend_v his_o come_n to_o bear_v rule_n on_o earth_n by_o set_v up_o his_o kingdom_n break_v down_o the_o enemy_n and_o this_o be_v the_o space_n of_o forty_o five_o year_n and_o then_o his_o visible_a appear_v at_o the_o resurrection_n immediate_o ensue_v to_o finish_v the_o new_a jerusalem_n begin_v in_o heavenly_a perfection_n and_o in_o this_o large_a description_n his_o second_o come_v be_v usual_o take_v in_o the_o prophet_n he_o be_v say_v to_o come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n that_o be_v on_o high_a above_o the_o glory_n and_o power_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o supereminent_a majesty_n of_o his_o kingdom_n rev._n 11_o 12._o isa_n 52.13_o mat._n 24.30_o thus_o mr._n parker_n i_o only_o add_v this_o that_o by_o the_o current_n and_o tenor_n of_o scripture_n this_o phrase_n of_o his_o come_n in_o the_o cloud_n signify_v withal_o that_o he_o shall_v visible_o and_o real_o appear_v in_o the_o natural_a cloud_n at_o that_o his_o second_o come_v but_o now_o mention_v as_o christ_n himself_o and_o saint_n john_n expound_v the_o prophet_n matth._n 24.30_o revel_v 1.7_o then_o shall_v appear_v say_v christ_n in_o that_o twenty_o four_o of_o matthew_n ver_fw-la 30._o the_o sign_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o heaven_n and_o then_o shall_v all_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o earth_n mourn_v and_o they_o shall_v see_v the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n etc._n etc._n and_o say_v john_n in_o that_o revel_n 1.7_o behold_v he_o come_v with_o cloud_n and_o every_o eye_n shall_v see_v he_o and_o they_o also_o that_o pierce_v he_o §_o 13_o he_o be_v say_v in_o the_o same_o thirteen_o verse_n both_o to_o come_v to_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n that_o be_v as_o he_o be_v mediator_n to_o the_o end_n to_o obtain_v the_o kingdom_n for_o his_o saint_n be_v remove_v from_o the_o enemy_n so_o the_o lamb_n be_v say_v to_o approach_v to_o he_o that_o
〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o lord_n the_o reconciliation_n mr._n mede_n will_v reconcile_v these_o place_n thus_o 1._o that_o for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o article_n he_o will_v read_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o lord_n and_o for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d edom_n he_o will_v read_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d adam_n or_o man._n and_o for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o they_o may_v possess_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o they_o may_v seek_v after_o and_o he_o do_v suppose_v the_o septuagint_n and_o the_o apostle_n and_o evangelist_n do_v follow_v some_o such_o copy_n and_o upon_o that_o ground_n supply_v the_o word_n lord_n and_o alter_v the_o word_n edom_n to_o adam_n or_o man_n and_o the_o word_n possess_v to_o seek_v after_o and_o so_o read_v that_o the_o remnant_n of_o adam_n or_o man_n may_v seek_v after_o the_o lord_n to_o which_o conjecture_n or_o read_n i_o can_v contribute_v a_o little_a something_o to_o the_o first_o this_o that_o some_o copy_n of_o the_o septuagint_n have_v instead_o of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d lord_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i_o as_o relate_v to_o the_o lord_n which_o be_v not_o only_o report_v by_o nobilius_fw-la but_o i_o have_v the_o like_a greek_a copy_n by_o i_o to_o the_o second_o this_o that_o edom_n by_o the_o hebrew_n be_v use_v common_o to_o signify_v the_o nation_n that_o be_v not_o of_o their_o jewish_a church_n and_o especial_o those_o under_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n and_o therefore_o the_o jesuit_n have_v expunge_v out_o of_o the_o hebrew_n rabbin_n commentary_n on_o the_o hebrew_n bibles_n print_v within_o their_o reach_n the_o word_n edom_n oftentimes_o as_o it_o be_v to_o be_v see_v in_o the_o edition_n of_o buxtorfe_n great_a hebrew_n bible_n with_o the_o chalde_a and_o rabbin_n compare_v with_o that_o of_o bomberg_n to_o the_o three_o this_o that_o some_o copy_n of_o jeroms_n latin_a translation_n have_v quaerant_fw-la i_o may_v seek_v after_o i_o apocal._n see_v de_fw-fr dieu_fw-fr in_o his_o animady_n in_o act_n apostol_n and_o his_o animadvers_fw-la on_o clau._n apocal._n de_fw-fr dieu_fw-fr *_o convenient_o salve_v the_o matter_n and_o save_v the_o hebrew_n text_n without_o any_o supply_n or_o alteration_n of_o any_o one_o word_n at_o all_o thus_o act._n 15.17_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n that_o be_v that_o the_o residue_n of_o man_n may_v seeek_v after_o the_o lord_n these_o word_n be_v fetch_v from_o amos_n 9.12_o where_o the_o hebrew_n text_n have_v it_o thus_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n which_o be_v wont_a to_o be_v translate_v that_o they_o may_v possess_v the_o remnant_n of_o edom_n and_o all_o nation_n gentile_n or_o heathen_n which_o version_n of_o the_o word_n seem_v to_o i_o most_o harsh_a to_o reconcile_v with_o this_o place_n of_o the_o act_n but_o not_o so_o if_o we_o say_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d here_o be_v not_o a_o note_n of_o the_o accusative_a case_n but_o as_o often_o elsewhere_o of_o the_o nominative_a and_o we_o turn_v it_o that_o the_o remnant_n of_o edom_n and_o of_o all_o the_o heathen_a on_o who_o my_o name_n be_v call_v may_v possess_v the_o restore_v tabernacle_n of_o david_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o doubt_n with_o i_o but_o that_o the_o septuagint_n so_o take_v the_o word_n for_o so_o they_o turn_v they_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n i.e._n that_o the_o rest_n of_o man_n and_o all_o nation_n gentile_n or_o heathen_n may_v seek_v after_o which_o word_n have_v no_o sense_n unless_o thou_o do_v supply_v in_o thy_o understanding_n what_o they_o be_v to_o seek_v after_o to_o wit_n that_o which_o but_o even_o now_o he_o have_v speak_v of_o viz._n the_o tabernacle_n of_o david_n that_o be_v throw_v down_o but_o now_o restore_v instead_o of_o which_o james_n do_v not_o ill_a substitute_n the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o lord_n for_o whether_o thou_o say_v that_o they_o shall_v seek_v after_o the_o restore_a tabernacle_n or_o after_o the_o lord_n the_o restorer_n and_o master_n of_o that_o tabernacle_n still_o thou_o say_v the_o same_o thing_n add_v that_o the_o gentile_n or_o nation_n shall_v seek_v after_o that_o tabernacle_n not_o for_o its_o own_o sake_n but_o for_o the_o lord_n sake_n here_o also_o must_v be_v show_v why_o instead_o of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o they_o may_v possess_v the_o septuagint_n say_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o they_o may_v seek_v after_o whether_o or_o no_o because_o for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o they_o may_v possess_v they_o read_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o they_o may_v seek_v after_o so_o it_o be_v common_o think_v but_o let_v leave_n be_v grant_v to_o conjecture_v another_o matter_n this_o be_v to_o be_v hold_v as_o a_o rule_n or_o tenet_n among_o all_o the_o oriental_n that_o word_n which_o signify_v esse_fw-la that_o be_v to_o be_v do_v also_o signify_v fieri_fw-la that_o be_v about_o to_o be_v do_v that_o be_v moveriad_a esse_fw-la viz._n to_o be_v move_v towards_o that_o same_o esse_fw-la or_o being_n as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v to_o open_v and_o to_o let_v loose_a because_o loosen_a be_v a_o move_n towards_o apertion_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v to_o possess_v and_o to_o buy_v because_o buy_v be_v a_o move_n towards_o possession_n there_o be_v hundred_o of_o the_o same_o sort_n so_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d do_v not_o only_o signify_v to_o possess_v but_o to_o move_v towards_o possession_n for_o example_n deut._n 2.24_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d begin_v possess_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o conflict_n with_o he_o in_o war_n they_o can_v not_o actual_o begin_v to_o possess_v before_o they_o have_v conflict_v and_o cast_v out_o the_o enemy_n the_o sense_n therefore_o be_v begin_v to_o enter_v upon_o the_o possession_n and_o more_o clear_o for_o 32._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o if_o we_o render_v with_o pagnin_n begin_v thou_o to_o possess_v that_o thou_o may_v possess_v his_o land_n be_v a_o mere_a tautology_n but_o not_o so_o if_o you_o render_v it_o begin_v thou_o to_o enter_v upon_o the_o possession_n etc._n etc._n so_o in_o this_o place_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o they_o may_v possess_v the_o septuagint_n conceive_v do_v signify_v not_o the_o possession_n itself_o but_o the_o endeavour_n of_o possess_v which_o they_o happy_o enough_o express_v by_o a_o verb_n of_o seek_v nor_o be_v it_o wonder_v that_o they_o translate_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o remnant_n of_o edom_n by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o remnant_n of_o man_n for_o perhaps_o they_o read_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d adam_n or_o rather_o they_o take_v the_o word_n edom_n in_o this_o place_n as_o often_o elsewhere_o to_o be_v of_o a_o large_a signification_n then_o to_o note_v the_o people_n proper_o so_o call_v for_o as_o isaac_n the_o young_a of_o rebeckahs_n son_n do_v typify_v forth_o the_o church_n so_o the_o elder_a esau_n or_o edom_n do_v typify_v all_o other_o man_n that_o be_v stranger_n from_o the_o church_n wherefore_o in_o the_o writing_n of_o the_o rabbin_n the_o roman_a empire_n especial_o while_n overspread_v the_o whole_a world_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o kingdom_n of_o edom_n who_o also_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o son_n of_o edom_n do_v understand_v all_o christian_n that_o we_o say_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d sometime_o note_v the_o nominative_a case_n if_o any_o shall_v perhaps_o grant_v that_o after_o verb_n passive_n but_o deny_v it_o in_o other_o verb_n let_v he_o see_v 2_o king_n 9.25_o neh._n 9.34_o 1_o sam._n 17.34_o 2_o kin._n 6.5_o eze._n 43.7_o jer._n 33.5_o where_o it_o be_v so_o construe_v with_o neuter_n yea_o sometime_o with_o transitives_n as_o neh._n 9.34_o jer._n 38.16_o eze._n 39.14_o it_o 39.14_o hence_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o otherwise_o of_o the_o accusative_a case_n do_v among_o the_o rabbin_n with_o all_o the_o verb_n promiscuous_o make_v the_o nominative_a case_n as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d he_o do_v it_o or_o he_o make_v or_o make_v it_o plain_o therefore_o both_o the_o hebrew_n and_o the_o greek_a both_o way_n signify_v the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o gentile_n first_o all_o israel_n next_o rom._n 11._o into_o a_o cohabitation_n and_o church-union_n which_o be_v very_o apt_o open_v and_o enlarge_v in_o the_o very_a next_o prophet_n viz._n the_o prophet_n obadiah_n and_o with_o many_o of_o the_o same_o word_n and_o phrase_n with_o addition_n of_o other_o obad._n ver_fw-la 17_o 18_o 19_o 20_o 21._o but_o upon_o mount_n zion_n shall_v be_v deliverance_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v
holiness_n and_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n shall_v possess_v their_o possession_n and_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n shall_v be_v a_o fire_n and_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n a_o flame_n and_o the_o house_n of_o esau_n for_o stubble_n and_o they_o shall_v kindle_v in_o they_o and_o devour_v they_o and_o they_o of_o the_o south_n shall_v possess_v the_o mount_n of_o esau_n and_o they_o of_o the_o plain_a the_o philistines_n and_o they_o shall_v possess_v the_o field_n of_o ephraim_n and_o the_o field_n of_o samaria_n and_o benjamin_n shall_v possess_v gilead_n and_o the_o captivity_n of_o this_o host_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n shall_v possess_v that_o of_o the_o canaanite_n even_o unto_o zarephath_n and_o the_o captivity_n of_o jerusalem_n which_o be_v in_o sepharad_n shall_v possess_v the_o city_n of_o the_o south_n and_o saviour_n shall_v come_v upon_o mount_n zion_n to_o judge_v the_o mount_n of_o esau_n and_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v the_o lord_n in_o which_o word_n we_o have_v such_o a_o character_n of_o the_o future_a happy_a state_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n harmonious_o and_o beautiful_o wreathe_v and_o inter-woven_a of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n convert_v unto_o christ_n as_o yet_o never_o be_v but_o still_o lie_v upon_o the_o engagement_n of_o god_n infallible_a truth_n to_o be_v fulfil_v for_o on_o the_o gentile_n part_n here_o express_v under_o so_o many_o name_n they_o be_v not_o all_o to_o be_v destroy_v but_o possess_v with_o a_o mix_a cohabitation_n of_o jew_n according_a to_o the_o aforesaid_a place_n of_o amos_n with_o which_o be_v our_o present_a collation_n this_o of_o obadiah_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o remnant_n of_o edom_n and_o a_o remnant_n for_o so_o the_o grammar_n of_o the_o word_n carry_v it_o of_o all_o the_o heathen_a among_o who_o and_o by_o who_o the_o name_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v call_v upon_o and_o on_o the_o jew_n part_n both_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n now_o as_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n be_v call_v 1_o king_n 11.13_o and_z ch_z 12.20_o because_o of_o the_o mixture_n of_o their_o territory_n as_o the_o geneva_n note_v well_o give_v the_o reason_n and_o also_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n must_v be_v here_o understand_v as_o sharer_n in_o the_o spiritual_a salvation_n and_o outward_a happiness_n here_o so_o laborious_o inculcate_v else_o why_o do_v the_o prophet_n use_v one_o while_o such_o comprehension_n in_o word_n as_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n and_o that_o twice_o and_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n another_o while_n such_o distinction_n and_o discrimination_n in_o term_n as_o the_o captivity_n of_o the_o host_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o captivity_n of_o jerusalem_n plain_o enough_o set_n forth_o the_o two_o tribe_n &_o the_o ten_o tribe_n and_o general_o the_o learned_a agree_v that_o both_o be_v here_o understand_v though_o several_o they_o fix_v the_o foot_n of_o their_o interpretation_n oecolampadius_n say_v on_o ver_fw-la 20._o duplices_fw-la facit_fw-la captivitates_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o prophet_n make_v two_o captivity_n for_o he_o give_v to_o israel_n the_o space_n towards_o the_o north_n and_o then_o he_o give_v to_o they_o that_o be_v of_o jerusalem_n that_o be_v to_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n that_o tract_n which_o be_v towards_o egypt_n mercer_n have_v it_o over_o and_o over_o that_o in_o the_o 19_o verse_n of_o this_o obadiah_n be_v touch_v the_o state_n of_o judah_n and_o in_o the_o 20_o verse_n the_o state_n of_o israel_n hierom_n say_v the_o house_n of_o jacob_n signify_v judah_n and_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n the_o ten_o tribe_n and_o ephraim_n the_o son_n of_o joseph_n out_o of_o which_o tribe_n be_v the_o regality_n of_o samaria_n intimate_v that_o the_o two_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v again_o couple_v or_o reunite_v for_o the_o devastation_n of_o the_o edomite_n that_o be_v as_o it_o be_v general_o agree_v among_o the_o learned_a both_o jew_n and_o christian_n those_o that_o be_v incorrigible_a antichristian_a enemy_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lord_n jesus_n and_o then_o that_o which_o be_v add_v in_o the_o close_a as_o the_o corenis_n of_o this_o glorious_a internal_a and_o external_a salvation_n of_o all_o these_o to_o be_v save_v that_o saviour_n in_o the_o plural_a shall_v come_v upon_o mount_n zion_n to_o judge_v the_o enemy_n and_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v the_o lord_n be_v of_o that_o strength_n and_o torrent_n that_o it_o bear_v down_o afore_o it_o all_o limitation_n of_o the_o meaning_n to_o their_o return_n from_o babylon_n or_o the_o incarnation_n of_o the_o saviour_n christ_n who_o then_o be_v the_o kingdom_n in_o kind_n no_o otherwise_o than_o it_o be_v former_o when_o he_o rule_v the_o world_n by_o his_o power_n and_o his_o church_n by_o his_o word_n and_o spirit_n whereas_o this_o close_a the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v the_o lord_n must_v intend_v that_o it_o shall_v be_v answerable_a to_o the_o description_n from_o the_o seventeen_o verse_n downward_o viz._n a_o most_o holy_a kingdom_n and_o withal_o a_o most_o visible_a outward_o large_a and_o glorious_a kingdom_n and_o that_o on_o earth_n all_o corporal_a incurable_a antichristian_a enemy_n sensible_o fall_v before_o it_o which_o be_v not_o only_o my_o opinion_n and_o sense_n of_o these_o word_n mercer_n present_v to_o we_o exit_fw-la lyr._n comment_v on_o this_o prophet_n thus_o much_o odium_n esau_n in_o jacob_n in_o semine_fw-la perseveravit_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o hatred_n of_o esau_n against_o jacob_n continue_v in_o the_o very_a seed_n therefore_o the_o overthrow_n of_o they_o be_v foretell_v isa_n 21.34_o jer._n 49._o ezek._n 35._o amos_n 1_o mal._n 1._o this_o prophet_n do_v excellent_o handle_v and_o be_v whole_o in_o this_o that_o as_o christ_n be_v the_o son_n of_o abraham_n and_o of_o israel_n and_o that_o after_o the_o flesh_n and_o therefore_o all_o endue_v with_o the_o spirit_n be_v his_o brethren_n and_o belong_v to_o the_o seed_n of_o abraham_n and_o of_o israel_n so_o all_o false_a brethren_n that_o be_v antichrist_n and_o hypocrite_n belong_v to_o the_o seed_n of_o esau_n unto_o these_o agree_v and_o suit_n whatsoever_o thou_o here_o read_v against_o the_o edomite_n obadiahs_n prophecy_n be_v small_a in_o bulk_n great_a in_o sense_n comprehend_v many_o thing_n in_o a_o few_o word_n he_o prophesi_v in_o the_o behalf_n of_o israel_n against_o edom_n prophesy_v the_o subversion_n of_o the_o edomite_n and_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o true_a israel_n the_o church_n of_o christ_n and_o that_o he_o alone_o shall_v reign_v he_o say_v that_o on_o mount_n zion_n shall_v be_v deliverance_n and_o salvation_n which_o be_v more_o perfect_o fulfil_v according_a to_o the_o letter_n in_o the_o church_n collect_v of_o all_o the_o faithful_a then_o in_o mount_n zion_n because_o the_o state_n of_o mount_n zion_n continue_v but_o for_o a_o time_n but_o the_o church_n abide_v for_o ever_o which_o shall_v be_v we_o be_v confident_a more_o eminent_o famous_a in_o the_o very_a land_n of_o israel_n when_o israel_n in_o the_o last_o time_n shall_v receive_v christ_n and_o their_o possess_v their_o possession_n or_o that_o they_o shall_v possess_v those_o that_o possess_v they_o as_o he_o render_v it_o shall_v he_o say_v come_v to_o pass_v with_o illustrious_a glory_n after_o the_o last_o conversion_n of_o israel_n it_o be_v some-how_a fulfil_v daily_o in_o the_o elect_n overcome_v their_o enemy_n with_o invincible_a patience_n but_o it_o be_v to_o be_v fulfil_v more_o sublime_o and_o glorious_o in_o the_o judgement_n when_o the_o wicked_a shall_v open_o before_o all_o be_v judge_v of_o the_o elect._n in_o special_a the_o house_n of_o joseph_n be_v name_v albeit_o it_o be_v contain_v under_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n lest_o for_o their_o worship_v of_o calf_n and_o their_o long_a captivity_n it_o shall_v be_v deem_v as_o reject_v joseph_n and_o ephraim_n of_o which_o tribe_n be_v jeroboam_fw-la be_v the_o ten_o tribe_n who_o captivity_n say_v the_o hebrew_n be_v not_o yet_o discharge_v but_o as_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o prophet_n amos_n in_o the_o last_o time_n israel_n shall_v be_v convert_v there_o be_v they_o which_o by_o esau_n understand_v the_o gentile_n and_o by_o israel_n the_o faithful_a who_o i_o contradict_v not_o there_o be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n among_o the_o apostle_n but_o who_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n and_o joseph_n be_v among_o they_o be_v uncertain_a but_o they_o on_o who_o this_o prophecy_n must_v be_v fulfil_v must_v be_v of_o all_o israel_n convert_v and_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n shall_v be_v a_o fire_n who_o can_v deny_v this_o yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v hereafter_o apparent_o it_o shall_v be_v fulfil_v when_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v judge_v for_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o this_o shall_v be_v fulfil_v see_v as_o
memorial_n in_o the_o temple_n of_o the_o lord_n 15._o and_o they_o that_o be_v far_o off_o shall_v come_v and_o build_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o the_o lord_n though_o this_o second_o temple_n be_v long_o since_o found_v and_o by_o this_o time_n in_o great_a part_n raise_v chap._n 8._o ver_fw-la 9_o and_o the_o carry_v on_o of_o the_o work_n to_o a_o finish_n by_o sufficient_a and_o able_a man_n be_v now_o in_o hand_n yet_o the_o prophet_n here_o foretell_v that_o the_o man_n who_o name_n be_v the_o branch_n the_o usual_a and_o frequent_a title_n of_o christ_n shall_v build_v the_o temple_n of_o the_o lord_n in_o vers_n 12._o and_o present_o again_o repeat_v with_o great_a emphasis_n in_o ver_fw-la 13._o even_o he_o shall_v build_v the_o temple_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o therefore_o the_o prophet_n in_o these_o word_n look_v far_o beyond_o his_o own_o time_n christ_n build_v the_o temple_n first_o in_o his_o natural_a body_n second_o in_o his_o mystical_a subordinate_n be_v no_o opposite_n but_o do_v ray_n forth_o a_o typical_a radiation_n from_o the_o one_o successive_o to_o the_o other_o first_o in_o his_o natural_a body_n by_o his_o resurrection_n according_a to_o his_o own_o exposition_n john_n 2.18_o 19_o 20._o when_o his_o adversary_n demand_v of_o he_o what_o sign_n show_v thou_o unto_o we_o see_v thou_o do_v these_o thing_n jesus_n answer_v destroy_v this_o temple_n and_o in_o three_o day_n i_o will_v raise_v it_o up_o then_o say_v the_o jew_n forty_o and_o six_o year_n be_v this_o temple_n in_o building_n and_o will_v thou_o rear_v it_o up_o in_o three_o day_n but_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o temple_n of_o his_o body_n second_o in_o his_o mystical_a body_n the_o church_n of_o believer_n by_o communicate_v unto_o who_o his_o holy_a spirit_n he_o make_v they_o his_o temple_n and_o the_o habitation_n of_o god_n 1_o cor._n 6.15_o 16_o 17_o 18_o 19_o and_o 2_o cor._n 6.16_o eph._n 2.21_o 22._o this_o mystical_a temple_n be_v found_v long_o since_o but_o the_o prophet_n here_o point_v main_o to_o the_o finish_n of_o it_o or_o to_o speak_v in_o a_o just_a proportion_n to_o the_o first_o and_o second_o material_a temple_n the_o first_o mystical_a temple_n that_o be_v the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v destroy_v at_o christ_n passion_n the_o veil_n then_o be_v rend_v to_o signify_v the_o tear_v down_o of_o jewish_a worship_n upon_o his_o ascension_n by_o send_v the_o spirit_n he_o begin_v the_o build_n of_o the_o second_o mystical_a temple_n viz._n the_o christian_a church_n act._n 2._o etc._n etc._n and_o throughout_o that_o book_n but_o when_o this_o second_o mystical_a temple_n shall_v be_v finish_v make_v up_o in_o its_o fullness_n rom._n 11.25_o 26._o of_o which_o st._n john_n main_o prophecy_v in_o his_o revelation_n of_o which_o finish_v zecharie_n here_o in_o ver_fw-la 15._o give_v we_o this_o sign_n that_o than_o they_o that_o be_v afar_o offa_n shall_v come_v and_o build_v in_o the_o temple_n which_o can_v have_v no_o other_o adequate_a and_o more_o certain_a interpretation_n then_o this_o that_o when_o the_o gentile_n that_o be_v afar_o off_o in_o religion_n shall_v in_o full_o come_v in_o and_o the_o ten_o tribe_n of_o israel_n that_o be_v to_o this_o day_n afar_o off_o in_o place_n too_o shall_v come_v and_o be_v build_v into_o the_o christian_a church_n at_o that_o same_o than_o even_o at_o that_o very_a time_n the_o branch_n christ_n that_o build_v this_o second_o mystical_a temple_n shall_v sit_v and_o rule_v upon_o his_o throne_n and_o he_o shall_v be_v a_o priest_n upon_o his_o throne_n and_o the_o council_n of_o peace_n shall_v be_v between_o they_o both_o that_o be_v as_o christ_n have_v sensible_o appear_v in_o act_v his_o priesthood_n when_o he_o pay_v and_o pray_v for_o his_o church_n at_o and_o afore_o his_o passion_n john_n passion_n in_o the_o 17_o 18_o and_o 19_o chapter_n of_o john_n so_o shall_v he_o as_o manifest_o be_v see_v to_o act_v his_o kingly-hood_n in_o a_o glorious_a universal_a evident_a peace_n flow_v from_o both_o in_o the_o time_n of_o his_o kingdom_n else_o nothing_o be_v prophesy_v for_o mere_a inward_a spiritual_a peace_n into_o the_o heart_n of_o the_o saint_n have_v flow_v in_o all_o age_n of_o the_o church_n afore_o from_o his_o kingly_a and_o priestly_a office_n precise_o consider_v as_o spiritual_a and_o the_o saint_n know_v it_o upon_o much_o experience_n but_o here_o be_v prophesy_v such_o thing_n and_o such_o effect_n as_o many_o of_o the_o church_n can_v hardly_o believe_v and_o therefore_o there_o shall_v be_v crown_n to_o helem_n and_o tabijah_n and_o jedajah_n and_o to_o hen_n for_o a_o memorial_n in_o the_o temple_n i._n e._n they_o shall_v be_v in_o zecharies_n time_n hang_v up_o in_o the_o temple_n to_o be_v a_o conviction_n and_o condemnation_n of_o they_o that_o believe_v not_o this_o prophecy_n and_o to_o draw_v man_n unto_o faith_n to_o believe_v the_o same_o as_o calvin_n pemble_n and_o junius_n expound_v it_o but_o these_o thing_n be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v as_o history_n and_o experience_n show_v and_o the_o last_o universal_a resurrection_n will_v be_v unseasonable_a and_o unsuitable_a therefore_o it_o be_v yet_o to_o come_v sect_n xlvii_o §_o i_o the_o three_o place_n in_o zecharie_n which_o we_o need_v but_o touch_n be_v in_o chap._n 8._o ver_fw-la 20._o etc._n etc._n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n ver._n 20._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n it_o shall_v yet_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o there_o shall_v come_v people_n 22._o people_n heb._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d chal._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v peoples_n sept._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d many_o people_n and_o so_o it_o be_v express_a in_o v._o 22._o and_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o many_o city_n 21._o and_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o one_o city_n shall_v go_v to_o another_o say_v let_v we_o go_v speedy_o to_o pray_v before_o the_o lord_n and_o to_o seek_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n i_o will_v go_v also_o 22._o yea_o many_o people_n and_o strong_a nation_n shall_v come_v to_o seek_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n in_o jerusalem_n and_o to_o pray_v before_o the_o lord_n 23._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n in_o those_o day_n it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v that_o ten_o man_n shall_v take_v hold_v out_o of_o all_o language_n of_o the_o nation_n even_o shall_v take_v hold_n of_o the_o skirt_n of_o he_o that_o be_v a_o jew_n say_v we_o will_v go_v with_o you_o for_o we_o have_v hear_v that_o god_n be_v with_o you_o §_o 2_o there_o be_v no_o more_o to_o be_v say_v to_o this_o so_o plain_a a_o pprophecy_n but_o this_o that_o we_o shall_v bold_o assert_v that_o it_o be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v since_o the_o jew_n return_v from_o captivity_n till_o man_n or_o book_n can_v show_v we_o the_o contrary_a the_o scripture_n tell_v we_o no_o such_o thing_n history_n tell_v we_o no_o such_o thing_n experience_n show_v we_o no_o such_o matter_n as_o that_o people_n yea_o many_o people_n yea_o and_o strong_a nation_n do_v ever_o join_v with_o the_o jew_n in_o religious_a worship_n as_o in_o prayer_n to_o god_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o at_o jerusalem_n as_o for_o those_o mention_v act._n 2.5_o etc._n etc._n viz_o parthian_n mede_n elamites_n etc._n etc._n they_o be_v neither_o nation_n nor_o gentile_n but_o be_v some_o certain_a jew_n who_o have_v be_v bear_v in_o those_o forename_a country_n do_v now_o for_o the_o present_a sojourn_n time_n sojourn_n so_o the_o word_n in_o the_o text._n from_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v use_v by_o the_o septuagint_n which_o the_o apostle_n and_o evangelist_n much_o follow_v in_o their_o new_a testament_n quotation_n gen._n 27.44_o son_n arise_v say_v rebecka_n to_o jacob_n and_o flee_v unto_o laban_n thy_o brother_n to_o haran_n and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o sojourn_v with_o he_o a_o few_o day_n 1_o king_n 17.20_o o_o lord_n my_o god_n say_v elijah_n have_v thou_o bring_v evil_a upon_o the_o widow_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v with_o who_o i_o sojourn_v in_o which_o place_n the_o word_n be_v plain_o take_v for_o sojourn_v and_o according_o circumscribe_v with_o a_o short_a time_n at_o jerusalem_n for_o the_o business_n of_o worship_n at_o the_o feast_n of_o the_o passeover_n and_o pentecost_n thus_o in_o this_o five_o verse_n they_o be_v express_o call_v jew_n there_o be_v sojourn_v or_o abide_v at_o jerusalem_n jew_n of_o every_o nation_n under_o heaven_n ver._n 22._o when_o peter_n speak_v to_o they_o he_o say_v to_o they_o you_o man_n of_o israel_n and_o that_o none_o put_v this_o off_o with_o a_o imagination_n that_o they_o be_v proselyte_n that_o be_v gentile_n convert_v to_o judaisme_n let_v they_o heed_n that_o proselyte_n
body_n to_o which_o it_o be_v unite_v be_v re-instaâ—ed_n in_o another_o body_n but_o helias_n be_v to_o come_v not_o from_o a_o depart_n out_o of_o this_o life_n by_o death_n but_o from_o his_o translation_n neither_o be_v he_o to_o be_v restore_v to_o the_o body_n from_o which_o he_o be_v never_o exempt_v but_o to_o the_o world_n from_o whence_o he_o be_v translate_v not_o by_o a_o return_v from_o death_n to_o life_n but_o by_o supplement_n of_o the_o pprophecy_n the_o very_a same_o man_n and_o he_o himself_o of_o his_o own_o name_n and_o humane_a nature_n when_o tertullian_n say_v their_o metempsychosis_n he_o mean_v the_o philosopher_n to_o who_o he_o write_v that_o book_n and_o in_o particular_a the_o pythagorean_n philosopher_n who_o in_o the_o context_n of_o the_o forecited_n place_n he_o mention_n operum_fw-la mention_n quod_fw-la dixit_fw-la dominus_fw-la heli_n as_o quidem_fw-la venturus_fw-la est_fw-la &_o re_fw-la stituit_fw-la omne_fw-la id_fw-la est_fw-la eos_fw-la quos_fw-la persecutio_fw-la antichristi_fw-la contur_fw-la baverit_fw-la august_n quest_n evang._n c._n 21._o tom._n 4._o operum_fw-la 2._o augustin_n who_o be_v presbyter_n of_o the_o church_n of_o hippo_n about_o 391._o after_o christ_n affirm_v the_o come_n of_o helias_n upon_o the_o word_n of_o christ_n matth._n 17.11_o because_o he_o be_v to_o restore_v the_o ruin_n which_o the_o persecution_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v make_v upon_o the_o church_n some_o of_o his_o word_n be_v these_o that_o our_o lord_n have_v say_v helias_n shall_v come_v and_o shall_v restore_v all_o thing_n that_o be_v those_o who_o the_o persecution_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v make_v desolate_a now_o antichrist_n be_v not_o rise_v in_o john_n baptist_n time_n and_o therefore_o john_n baptist_n can_v not_o be_v that_o elijah_n and_o in_o augustine_n time_n antichrist_n have_v not_o do_v waste_v yea_o the_o papal_a antichrist_n have_v not_o at_o this_o time_n of_o austin_n begin_v hardly_o to_o waste_v the_o christian_a church_n and_o therefore_o he_o so_o argue_v for_o elijah_n yet_o to_o come_v 6._o come_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d theodoret_n in_o malach._n 4._o v._o 5._o v._n 6._o 3._o theodoret_n likewise_o who_o flourish_v about_o four_o hundred_o year_n after_o christ_n argue_v for_o the_o future_a come_n of_o elijah_n call_v he_o elijah_n the_o great_a from_o our_o text_n in_o malachi_n the_o four_o upon_o these_o ground_n that_o he_o must_v teach_v the_o jew_n christ_n come_n and_o persuade_v they_o to_o be_v integrate_v into_o one_o church_n with_o believe_a gentile_n which_o we_o see_v not_o yet_o do_v to_o this_o day_n etc._n mr_n mede_n on_o mar._n 1.14_o 15._o diatr_n par_fw-fr 4._o p._n 1._o etc._n etc._n 4._o mr._n mede_n likewise_o be_v of_o the_o same_o judgement_n and_o upon_o very_o good_a reason_n with_o the_o argument_n whereof_o he_o excellent_o close_v this_o point_n thus_o those_o word_n mark_n 1.14_o 15._o now_o after_o that_o john_n be_v put_v in_o prison_n jesus_n come_v into_o galilee_n preach_v the_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o say_v the_o time_n be_v fulfil_v and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v at_o hand_n repent_v you_o and_o believe_v the_o gospel_n i_o say_v these_o word_n be_v a_o narration_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o saviour_n jesus_n christ_n his_o first_o beginning_n to_o preach_v which_o they_o describe_v first_o by_o the_o time_n when_o second_o by_o the_o place_n where_o three_o by_o the_o sum_n of_o what_o he_o preach_v the_o time_n when_o after_o that_o john_n be_v put_v into_o prison_n the_o place_n where_o galilee_n jesus_n come_v into_o galilee_n last_o the_o sum_n of_o what_o he_o preach_v the_o time_n be_v fulfil_v and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v at_o hand_n repent_v you_o and_o believe_v the_o gospel_n in_o which_o sermon_n there_o be_v also_o some_o part_n to_o be_v consider_v which_o we_o shall_v more_o convenient_o distinguish_v when_o we_o come_v to_o handle_v it_o mean_a while_n let_v we_o begin_v with_o the_o three_o part_n or_o circumstance_n already_o name_v in_o order_n and_o first_o of_o the_o first_o the_o time_n when_o after_o that_o john_n be_v cast_v into_o prison_n our_o saviour_n begin_v not_o his_o solemn_a preach_v till_o his_o messenger_n john_n the_o baptist_n who_o be_v send_v to_o prepare_v his_o way_n be_v cast_v into_o prison_n this_o circumstance_n be_v elsewhere_o precise_o note_v in_o the_o scripture_n so_o that_o we_o can_v doubt_v but_o there_o be_v some_o matter_n of_o moment_n therein_o for_o st._n matthew_n tell_v we_o as_o st._n mark_n do_v now_o when_o jesus_n have_v hear_v say_v he_o that_o john_n be_v cast_v into_o prison_n he_o depart_v into_o galilee_n and_o than_o it_o follow_v from_o that_o time_n jesus_n begin_v to_o preach_v and_o to_o say_v repent_v for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v at_o hand_n so_o st._n peter_n act._n 10._o when_o he_o come_v to_o preach_v the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n to_o cornelius_n be_v careful_a to_o mention_v this_o circumstance_n of_o time_n as_o well_o as_o the_o other_o of_o place_n the_o word_n say_v he_o which_o god_n send_v unto_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n preach_v peace_n by_o jesus_n christ_n he_o be_v lord_n of_o all_o that_o word_n i_o say_v you_o know_v which_o be_v publish_v throughout_o all_o judea_n begin_v from_o galilee_n after_o the_o baptism_n which_o john_n preach_v loe_o here_o the_o place_n where_o galilee_n and_o the_o time_n after_o that_o john_n have_v do_v as_o in_o my_o text._n all_o which_o argue_v this_o circumstance_n of_o time_n to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o true_a messiah_n as_o namely_o that_o this_o jesus_n be_v the_o lord_n who_o they_o look_v for_o who_o be_v to_o send_v a_o messenger_n before_o he_o the_o voice_n of_o a_o crier_n in_o the_o wilderness_n to_o usher_v his_o preach_n and_o prepare_v the_o way_n of_o his_o gospel_n as_o be_v prophesy_v in_o esay_n and_o malachi_n and_o the_o jew_n at_o that_o time_n expect_v which_o be_v the_o reason_n of_o that_o scruple_n of_o the_o disciple_n in_o the_o gospel_n when_o they_o see_v our_o saviour_n and_o elias_n who_o they_o suppose_v shall_v be_v his_o forerunner_n appear_v in_o glory_n both_o together_o in_o his_o transfiguration_n why_o then_o say_v they_o do_v the_o scribe_n say_v that_o elias_n must_v first_o come_v our_o saviour_n tell_v they_o that_o john_n the_o baptist_n be_v that_o elias_n the_o forerunner_n of_o the_o messiah_n according_a to_o those_o word_n of_o his_o father_n zechary_n and_o thou_o child_n shall_v be_v call_v the_o prophet_n of_o the_o high_a for_o thou_o shall_v go_v before_o the_o face_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o prepare_v his_o way_n namely_o as_o the_o angel_n tell_v he_o in_o the_o power_n and_o spirit_n of_o elias_n luke_n 1_o for_o this_o reason_n as_o our_o saviour_n be_v not_o conceive_v nor_o bear_v till_o six_o month_n after_o john_n so_o he_o begin_v not_o his_o pprophecy_n till_o john_n have_v do_v that_o so_o the_o scripture_n may_v be_v fulfil_v and_o john_n be_v his_o forerunner_n and_o the_o messenger_n both_o in_o one_o and_o the_o other_o john_n beginning_n to_o baptize_v and_o his_o cast_n into_o prison_n be_v between_o christ_n pprophecy_n and_o he_o and_o last_o to_o conclude_v the_o illustration_n of_o this_o circumstance_n john_n be_v not_o only_o a_o forerunner_n of_o our_o saviour_n in_o his_o nativity_n and_o prophesy_v but_o also_o in_o his_o passion_n and_o suffering_n for_o so_o our_o saviour_n himself_o express_o say_v mat._n 17.12_o elias_n be_v come_v and_o they_o know_v he_o not_o but_o have_v do_v unto_o he_o what_o ever_o they_o list_v even_o so_o also_o shall_v the_o son_n of_o man_n suffer_v of_o they_o now_o the_o observation_n or_o if_o you_o will_v the_o consideration_n i_o will_v make_v upon_o this_o circumstance_n shall_v be_v this_o if_o that_o messiah_n according_a to_o prophecy_n be_v to_o have_v a_o harbinger_n to_o prepare_v the_o way_n for_o his_o come_n and_o the_o holy_a ghost_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n think_v this_o circumstance_n so_o needful_a to_o prove_v the_o verity_n thereof_o as_o so_o curious_o to_o note_v it_o in_o the_o history_n of_o his_o nativity_n preach_v and_o suffer_v it_o will_v be_v consider_v see_v the_o come_n of_o christ_n be_v two_o fold_n the_o first_o and_o second_o whether_o the_o same_o prophecy_n imply_v not_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o harbinger_n as_o well_o of_o his_o second_o come_v as_o of_o his_o first_o as_o well_o a_o elias_n to_o prepare_v the_o way_n for_o his_o come_n in_o glory_n to_o judge_v the_o world_n as_o there_o be_v at_o his_o first_o come_v in_o humility_n to_o preach_v the_o gospel_n and_o suffer_v for_o the_o world_n and_o elias_n i_o mean_v to_o be_v the_o harbinger_n of_o christ_n to_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n before_o his_o
the_o best_a antiquity_n that_o cerinthus_n hold_v no_o wanton_a voluptuous_a chiliasme_n nor_o speak_v he_o any_o thing_n at_o all_o of_o the_o millenaries_n though_o tertullian_n and_o irenaeus_n live_v above_o a_o hundred_o year_n near_o to_o cerinthus_n his_o time_n then_o do_v eusebius_n and_o therefore_o wise_a man_n can_v but_o wonder_v that_o eusebius_n shall_v tell_v we_o such_o story_n and_o wonder_v the_o more_o because_o epiphanius_n on_o the_o other_o side_n that_o give_v himself_o ten_o time_n more_o to_o inquire_v into_o opinion_n than_o eusebius_n flourish_v about_o 30_o year_n after_o eusebius_n his_o death_n 365._o death_n euseb_n dye_v about_o the_o year_n 339._o and_o epith_n flourish_v about_o the_o year_n 365._o do_v neither_o himself_o find_v any_o such_o opinion_n hold_v by_o cerinthus_n or_o his_o sect_n nor_o do_v he_o mention_v it_o as_o report_v by_o eusebius_n or_o his_o gaius_n or_o dionysius_n or_o any_o other_o and_o thus_o praise_n to_o jehovah_n of_o the_o place_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n chap._n iu._n of_o the_o place_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n prove_v our_o general_a thesis_n viz._n that_o there_o shall_v be_v yet_o afore_o the_o ultimate_a general_a judgement_n a_o most_o glorious_a visible_a state_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n for_o many_o year_n wherein_o the_o saint_n shall_v reign_v and_o triumph_v over_o all_o their_o enemy_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n like_v as_o a_o new_a creation_n sect_n i._o of_o our_o new-testament_n proof_n we_o have_v occasional_o open_v so_o many_o and_o so_o much_o to_o explain_v the_o prophet_n that_o we_o have_v great_o anticipate_v ourselves_o and_o happy_o make_v our_o work_n so_o short_a in_o this_o that_o hence_o there_o be_v no_o fear_n of_o tediousness_n to_o the_o reader_n §_o 1_o the_o first_o place_n we_o shall_v touch_v upon_o in_o the_o new_a testament_n for_o the_o glorious_a visible_a state_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n before_o the_o ultimate_a general_a judgement_n be_v in_o matth._n 24.13_o 14._o but_o he_o that_o shall_v endure_v to_o the_o end_n shall_v be_v save_v and_o this_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n for_o a_o witness_n unto_o all_o nation_n and_o then_o shall_v the_o end_n come_v that_o antitheticall_a but_o point_n at_o a_o time_n immediate_o follow_v the_o universal_a transcendent_a impiety_n of_o the_o wicked_a world_n mention_v vers_fw-la 10_o 11_o 12._o which_o by_o the_o apostle_n in_o their_o epistle_n *_o be_v oft_o prognosticate_v to_o be_v as_o the_o night_n 12._o 2_o thes_n 2.3_o 2_o tim._n 4.1_o 1_o tim._n 3.1_o compare_v 2_o tim._n 4.1_o 2_o pet._n 2.1_o compare_v 2_o pet._n 3._o ver_fw-la 3_o &_o ver_fw-la 12._o precede_v the_o sunrising_n of_o that_o glory_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v the_o end_n here_o mention_v must_v needs_o be_v the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n not_o of_o jerusalem_n as_o we_o have_v before_o analitical_o demonstrate_v on_o this_o twenty_o four_o of_o matthew_n p._n 102._o sect._n 9_o and_o this_o end_n must_v be_v of_o the_o wicked_a world_n that_o be_v of_o the_o world_n as_o wicked_a not_o of_o the_o world_n as_o a_o world_n or_o material_a substance_n else_o why_o do_v our_o saviour_n mention_n endure_v and_o of_o preach_v the_o gospel_n for_o a_o witness_n to_o all_o nation_n for_o when_o the_o time_n of_o the_o aforesaid_a glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n throughout_o the_o whole_a earth_n be_v come_v call_v the_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n act_n 3.21_o there_o will_v be_v no_o put_v of_o man_n to_o be_v save_v upon_o endure_v or_o suffer_v they_o now_o be_v save_v and_o glory_n have_v dispel_v suffer_v and_o consequent_o there_o will_v be_v no_o need_n of_o make_v the_o gospel_n a_o testimony_n against_o all_o nation_n to_o which_o at_o this_o time_n all_o that_o survive_v shall_v altogether_o submit_v as_o to_o all_o appearance_n the_o end_n therefore_o here_o intend_v be_v the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n as_o a_o sinful_a world_n then_o to_o be_v turn_v into_o a_o glorious_a kingdom_n as_o well_o as_o the_o world_n form_v by_o the_o gospel_n preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n to_o all_o nation_n to_o which_o at_o which_o time_n christ_n shall_v glorious_o appear_v and_o radiat_a upon_o it_o on_o earth_n as_o we_o have_v large_o demonstrate_v on_o the_o thirty_o verse_n etc._n etc._n of_o this_o twenty_o four_o of_o matthew_n p._n 82._o sect._n 3._o etc._n etc._n the_o sign_n immediate_o antecedent_n to_o this_o end_n to_o be_v transform_v into_o that_o glorious_a beginning_n i_o say_v the_o sign_n prognostic_n or_o causal_a sign_n be_v the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n in_o all_o the_o world_n to_o all_o nation_n which_o be_v a_o glorious_a prelude_n this_o radiant_a sun_n soften_a all_o good_a generous_a plant_n to_o a_o flow_a of_o sap_n into_o the_o flower_n of_o god_n garden_n or_o fruit-tree_n of_o his_o fortward_a though_o it_o harden_v the_o dead_a earth_n into_o stone_n to_o be_v trample_v and_o break_v by_o the_o prancing_n of_o victorious_a judgement_n upon_o they_o as_o other_o scripture_n before_o open_v abundant_o enlarge_v §_o 2_o that_o these_o thing_n thus_o brief_o hint_v may_v due_o be_v illustrate_v according_a to_o the_o just_a extent_n of_o the_o word_n under_o consideration_n let_v we_o make_v three_o observation_n upon_o they_o ¶_o 1._o that_o such_o a_o end_n must_v be_v here_o mean_v as_o can_v be_v apply_v to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n but_o to_o the_o time_n immediate_o before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n because_o there_o be_v little_a or_o no_o salvation_n temporal_a or_o spiritual_a to_o they_o survive_v at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o therefore_o our_o saviour_n advise_v the_o jew_n in_o the_o sixteenth_o verse_n etc._n etc._n at_o this_o time_n to_o fly_v not_o to_o endure_v to_o the_o end_n of_o those_o trouble_n even_o as_o many_o year_n afore_o the_o gospel_n be_v flee_v from_o jerusalem_n act_v 8.1_o etc._n etc._n and_o general_o from_o the_o jew_n act_n 13.46_o rom._n 11.25_o even_o as_o they_o witness_v the_o say_a departure_n in_o their_o continuance_n in_o their_o jewish_a sacrifice_v from_o titus_n his_o destruction_n to_o adrian_n and_o from_o he_o to_o constantine_n and_o from_o thence_o to_o julian_n his_o time_n as_o we_o have_v oft_o before_o recite_v beside_o the_o evil_n here_o set_v as_o mark_n of_o the_o end_n be_v the_o same_o the_o apostle_n make_v of_o the_o approach_n of_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n for_o which_o compare_v the_o nine_o ten_o eleven_o and_o twelve_o verse_n of_o this_o twenty_o four_o of_o matthew_n with_o 2_o tim._n 3.1_o 2_o 3_o 4._o ¶_o 2._o the_o gospel_n must_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n so_o as_o to_o be_v a_o witness_n to_o all_o nation_n gr._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o gospel_n shall_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o inhabit_a world_n for_o a_o witness_n to_o all_o the_o gentile_n a_o thing_n may_v be_v say_v to_o be_v proclaim_v to_o a_o whole_a town_n if_o declare_v but_o in_o the_o market_n place_n or_o to_o a_o whole_a province_n or_o county_n when_o it_o be_v do_v in_o the_o chief_a city_n but_o this_o preach_n must_v be_v in_o the_o whole_a inhabit_a world_n wherever_o man_n inhabit_v as_o jonah_n preach_v in_o every_o street_n of_o nineveh_n labour_v three_o day_n in_o that_o work_n in_o that_o one_o city_n and_o this_o preach_n must_v be_v such_o and_o so_o much_o as_o will_v just_o amount_v to_o a_o witness_n to_o they_o viz._n a_o witness_n to_o convince_v they_o beyond_o all_o excuse_n that_o the_o gospel_n be_v preach_v to_o they_o ¶_o 3._o that_o it_o be_v here_o say_v this_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d shall_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n so_o that_o by_o this_o emphatical_a expression_n be_v give_v to_o we_o a_o clear_a distinction_n between_o this_o gospel_n and_o the_o the_o kingdom_n insomuch_o that_o christ_n mere_a spiritual_a kingdom_n can_v be_v here_o understand_v the_o gospel_n be_v the_o law_n of_o the_o kingdom_n the_o saint_n be_v the_o subject_n or_o matter_n of_o that_o kingdom_n the_o gospel_n come_v from_o heaven_n the_o people_n of_o the_o kingdom_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o inhabit_a world_n convert_v by_o that_o gospel_n out_o of_o all_o nation_n as_o our_o text_n hold_v forth_o the_o preach_v of_o the_o gospel_n be_v the_o antecedent_n sign_n of_o the_o come_n and_o approach_v of_o that_o kingdom_n but_o the_o antecedent_n can_v be_v the_o consequent_a or_o the_o sign_n be_v the_o thing_n signify_v nor_o can_v the_o cause_n be_v the_o effect_n beside_o christ_n say_v he_o that_o endure_v to_o the_o end_n shall_v be_v save_v be_v antithetical_o put_v
in_o opposition_n to_o both_o sort_n of_o evil_n immediate_o afore_o recount_a viz._n not_o only_o to_o false_a doctrine_n but_o to_o cruel_a persecution_n and_o therefore_o a_o corporal_a as_o well_o as_o a_o spiritual_a salvation_n must_v be_v here_o mean_v and_o these_o to_o be_v perform_v on_o earth_n viz._n in_o the_o inhabit_a world_n just_o where_o the_o gospel_n preach_v convert_v they_o and_o where_o they_o endure_v to_o the_o end_n and_o unto_o which_o christ_n do_v glorious_o appear_v from_z heaven_n ver_fw-la 30_o etc._n etc._n to_o make_v up_o the_o splendour_n of_o that_o state_n on_o earth_n we_o here_o speak_v of_o now_o all_o these_o thing_n can_v be_v fulfil_v at_o the_o ultimate_a general_a judgement_n nor_o be_v they_o hitherto_o fulfil_v and_o therefore_o they_o remain_v yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v which_o mr._n mede_n solid_o amplify_v on_o jer._n 10._o ver_fw-la 11._o thus_o hitherto_o say_v he_o we_o have_v speak_v of_o the_o accomplishment_n of_o this_o prophecy_n for_o so_o much_o as_o be_v already_o past_a now_o let_v we_o see_v what_o that_o be_v which_o we_o expect_v as_o yet_o to_o come_v for_o though_o in_o regard_n of_o former_a time_n when_o ehtnicism_n be_v so_o large_a and_o the_o worshipper_n of_o the_o live_a god_n so_o small_a a_o scantling_n the_o extent_n of_o the_o church_n be_v now_o at_o this_o day_n a_o goodly_a and_o large_a portion_n of_o the_o world_n yet_o if_o we_o consider_v the_o number_n of_o nation_n yet_o pagan_n or_o not_o christian_n it_o will_v seem_v too_o scant_o as_o yet_o to_o be_v the_o accomplishment_n of_o this_o and_o other_o prophecy_n concern_v the_o largeness_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n for_o one_o have_v well_o observe_v that_o christianity_n at_o this_o day_n be_v not_o above_o the_o six_o part_n of_o the_o know_a world_n whereas_o the_o mahometans_n have_v a_o five_o and_o all_o the_o rest_n be_v ethnic_n and_o pagan_n so_o that_o if_o we_o divide_v the_o world_n into_o thirty_o part_n christianity_n be_v but_o as_o five_o in_o thirty_o mahumetanism_n as_o six_o and_o ehtnicism_n as_o nineteen_o and_o so_o be_v christianity_n the_o least_o part_n of_o all_o and_o plain_a heathenism_n have_v far_o above_o the_o one_o half_a of_o the_o know_a world_n and_o the_o better_a part_n of_o the_o other_o be_v also_o mahumetan_n and_o though_o christianity_n have_v be_v embrace_v in_o former_a time_n where_o now_o it_o be_v not_o yet_o be_v it_o now_o spread_v in_o those_o place_n where_o in_o those_o time_n it_o be_v not_o and_o therefore_o all_o lay_v together_o we_o may_v account_v christianity_n at_o this_o day_n as_o large_a i_o think_v as_o ever_o it_o be_v since_o the_o apostle_n time_n but_o that_o this_o be_v not_o that_o universal_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n that_o flourish_v and_o glorious_a estate_n of_o the_o church_n which_o yet_o we_o expect_v &_o hope_v for_o my_o reason_n be_v these_o first_o these_o frequent_a place_n of_o scripture_n which_o intimate_v that_o the_o lord_n shall_v subdue_v all_o people_n all_o kingdom_n all_o nation_n and_o all_o the_o end_n of_o the_o earth_n unto_o himself_o and_o that_o all_o these_o shall_v one_o day_n worship_n and_o acknowledge_v he_o psal_n 22.27_o all_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n shall_v turn_v unto_o the_o lord_n and_o all_o the_o kindred_n of_o the_o nation_n shall_v worship_v before_o he_o for_o the_o kingdom_n be_v the_o lord_n and_o he_o be_v governor_n among_o the_o nation_n and_o psal_n 47._o clap_v your_o hand_n all_o you_o people_n for_o the_o lord_n be_v a_o great_a king_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n he_o shall_v subdue_v the_o people_n under_o we_o and_o the_o nation_n under_o our_o foot_n and_o again_o god_n be_v king_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n and_o reign_v over_o the_o heathen_a psal_n 66._o make_v a_o joyful_a noise_n unto_o god_n all_o yee-land_n through_o the_o greatness_n of_o thy_o power_n shall_v thy_o enemy_n submit_v themselves_o unto_o thou_o aâ—_n the_o earth_n shall_v worship_v thou_o and_o sing_v of_o thou_o they_o shall_v sing_v unto_o thy_o name_n the_o whole_a psal_n 67._o which_o we_o read_v every_o day_n be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o prophecy_n and_o prayer_n for_o this_o great_a kingdom_n that_o the_o way_n of_o god_n may_v be_v know_v upon_o earth_n and_o his_o save_a health_n among_o all_o the_o nation_n let_v the_o people_n praise_v thou_o o_o god_n let_v all_o the_o people_n praise_v thou_o then_o shall_v the_o earth_n yield_v she_o increase_v etc._n etc._n god_n shall_v bless_v we_o and_o all_o the_o end_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v fear_v he_o and_o psal_n 89._o all_o nation_n who_o thou_o have_v make_v shall_v come_v and_o worship_n before_o thou_o o_o lord_n and_o shall_v glorify_v thy_o name_n for_o thou_o be_v great_a and_o do_v wondrous_a thing_n thou_o be_v god_n alone_o and_o isa_n 2._o which_o be_v a_o prophecy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o idol_n the_o lord_n shall_v utter_o abolish_v or_o as_o some_o read_v the_o idol_n shall_v utter_o pass_v away_o so_o esay_n 54.5_o speak_v of_o the_o amplitude_n of_o the_o church_n of_o the_o gentile_n thy_o redeemer_n say_v the_o prophet_n the_o holy_a one_o of_o israel_n the_o god_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n shall_v be_v call_v certain_o this_o constant_a stile_n of_o universality_n imply_v more_o than_o this_o scantling_n which_o yet_o be_v small_a be_v but_o one_o of_o the_o least_o part_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n second_o the_o same_o conclusion_n may_v be_v gather_v from_o 1_o cor._n 15.25_o 26._o compare_v with_o heb._n 2.8_o christ_n must_v reign_v say_v st._n paul_n in_o the_o first_o place_n quote_v till_o he_o have_v put_v all_o his_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n the_o last_o enemy_n which_o shall_v be_v destroy_v be_v death_n hence_o it_o follow_v that_o christ_n shall_v subdue_v all_o his_o enemy_n whereof_o the_o prince_n of_o this_o world_n be_v the_o chief_a before_o the_o last_o rise_n of_o the_o dead_a for_o the_o subdue_a of_o death_n that_o be_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o dead_a shall_v not_o be_v afore_o the_o rest_n shall_v be_v do_v the_o vanquish_a of_o death_n be_v the_o last_o act_n of_o christ_n reign_v which_o do_v he_o shall_v yield_v up_o the_o kingdom_n unto_o his_o father_n in_o the_o other_o place_n heb._n 2.8_o the_o apostle_n speak_v of_o the_o same_o thing_n allege_v that_o of_o psal_n 8._o thou_o have_v put_v all_o thing_n in_o subjection_n under_o his_o foot_n and_o then_o add_v for_o in_o that_o he_o put_v all_o in_o subjection_n under_o he_o but_o now_o mark_v it_o we_o see_v not_o all_o thing_n put_v under_o he_o if_o any_o say_v that_o the_o apostle_n speak_v here_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o glory_n in_o heaven_n and_o not_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o grace_n on_o earth_n i_o reply_v first_o out_o of_o the_o former_a place_n that_o he_o speak_v of_o such_o a_o subjection_n whereof_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o dead_a shall_v be_v the_o last_o act_n of_o all_o and_o which_o shall_v be_v before_o he_o yield_v up_o the_o kingdom_n to_o his_o father_n but_o neither_o of_o these_o can_v be_v affirm_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o glory_n but_o the_o contrary_a viz._n the_o rise_n of_o the_o dead_a be_v at_o the_o beginning_n and_o not_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o glory_n and_o so_o be_v also_o his_o yield_v up_o of_o his_o kingdom_n unto_o his_o father_n second_o i_o reply_v out_o of_o this_o place_n that_o the_o apostle_n speak_v of_o that_o kingdom_n and_o subjection_n of_o the_o earth_n or_o state_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v to_o come_v for_o so_o he_o speak_v v._o 5._o unto_o the_o angel_n he_o have_v not_o put_v in_o subjection_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o earth_n or_o state_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o shall_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d of_o which_o we_o speak_v here_o he_o affirm_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v that_o of_o who_o subjection_n he_o mean_v if_o then_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signior_n only_a the_o earth_n '_o and_o the_o earth_n inhabitant_n and_o be_v no_o where_n in_o the_o scripture_n otherwise_o use_v i_o can_v see_v how_o this_o place_n can_v well_o bear_v any_o other_o exposition_n first_o then_o to_o confirm_v this_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v the_o same_o which_o the_o hebrew_n call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o so_o the_o septuagint_n render_v it_o who_o use_n of_o speak_v i_o doubt_v not_o but_o the_o apostle_n follow_v but_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d most_o constant_o signify_v the_o habitable_a earth_n or_o the_o earth_n with_o the_o thing_n that_o live_v and_o dwell_v therein_o whence_o the_o septuagint_n though_o they_o common_o render_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d
and_o power_n vers_fw-la 25._o for_o he_o must_v reign_v till_o he_o have_v put_v all_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n vers_fw-la 26._o the_o last_o enemy_n that_o shall_v be_v destroy_v be_v death_n vers_fw-la 27._o for_o he_o have_v put_v all_o thing_n under_o his_o foot_n but_o when_o he_o say_v all_o thing_n be_v put_v under_o his_o foot_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o he_o be_v except_v which_o do_v put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o vers_fw-la 28._o and_o when_o all_o thing_n shall_v be_v subdue_v unto_o he_o then_o shall_v the_o son_n also_o himself_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o that_o put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o that_o god_n may_v be_v all_o in_o all_o §_o 1_o what_o i_o have_v large_o comment_v on_o these_o word_n for_o explication_n of_o the_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n all_o in_o order_n to_o our_o point_n in_o hand_n see_v before_o 168._o before_o pag._n 166._o p._n 6._o and_o p._n 167._o &_o 168._o as_o worth_a while_n for_o the_o reader_n to_o consider_v especial_o see_v that_o be_v premise_v we_o have_v the_o less_o need_n to_o be_v large_a now_o and_o so_o shall_v omit_v the_o repetition_n here_o of_o several_a considerable_a thing_n there_o assert_v §_o 2_o m._n m._n on_o this_o place_n have_v these_o word_n first_o he_o analyse_v upon_o â—hem_n in_o general_a thus_o every_o one_o must_v rise_v in_o his_o own_o order_n christ_n the_o first-fruit_n after_o they_o that_o be_v christ_n therefore_o not_o the_o martyr_n only_o then_o come_v the_o end_n what_o present_o after_o his_o come_n no_o but_o when_o he_o have_v deliver_v the_o kingdom_n to_o god_n the_o father_n mean_v the_o ultimate_a end_n and_o when_o shall_v that_o be_v that_o he_o shall_v deliver_v up_o the_o kingdom_n to_o god_n the_o father_n when_o he_o shall_v have_v put_v down_o all_o rule_n and_o authority_n and_o power_n for_o he_o must_v reign_v till_o he_o that_o be_v god_n the_o father_n have_v put_v all_o his_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n which_o will_v be_v full_o accomplish_v where_o he_o plain_o mind_n as_o aforesaid_a the_o ultimate_a end_n when_o the_o last_o enemy_n shall_v be_v destroy_v which_o be_v death_n and_o when_o all_o thing_n shall_v be_v thus_o subdue_v unto_o he_o shall_v follow_v unutterable_a glory_n the_o height_n of_o happiness_n so_o he_o which_o last_o clause_n must_v wary_o be_v understand_v with_o this_o distinction_n that_o the_o destruction_n of_o death_n as_o a_o enemy_n to_o the_o saint_n and_o christ_n visible_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v be_v the_o beginning_n and_o introduction_n to_o christ_n and_o the_o saint_n reign_v in_o that_o kingdom_n for_o that_o kingdom_n and_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o glory_n to_o christ_n and_o happiness_n to_o the_o saint_n on_o earth_n begin_v with_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o decease_a saint_n revel_v 11.11_o 12_o etc._n etc._n and_o rev._n 20.4_o 5._o often_o explain_v afore_o but_o the_o put_v a_o end_n to_o death_n in_o the_o raise_n of_o the_o wicked_a unto_o the_o ultimate_a general_a judgement_n that_o it_o may_v no_o long_o be_v a_o enemy_n to_o god_n ultimate_a design_n of_o punish_v the_o say_v wicked_a body_n and_o soul_n with_o everlasting_a punishment_n be_v indeed_o the_o end_n or_o period_n of_o christ_n reign_v revel_v 20.12_o second_o our_o author_n comment_v on_o the_o general_a of_o this_o place_n of_o 1_o cor._n 15_o thus_o paul_n word_n say_v he_o do_v clear_o prove_v that_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n as_o man_n of_o which_o alone_o we_o treat_v do_v neither_o begin_v before_o his_o second_o come_v nor_o extend_v itself_o beyond_o the_o last_o resurrection_n and_o therefore_o can_v without_o a_o palpable_a contradiction_n be_v take_v for_o the_o time_n when_o he_o shall_v give_v up_o his_o kingdom_n to_o his_o father_n or_o for_o the_o time_n that_o now_o be_v betwixt_o which_o and_o his_o kingdom_n our_o saviour_n in_o my_o conceit_n have_v put_v a_o irreconcilable_a distinction_n call_v this_o not_o the_o time_n of_o a_o kingdom_n but_o a_o time_n of_o temptation_n etc._n temptation_n see_v a_o little_a before_o in_o this_o four_o chap._n sect._n 4._o on_o luke_n 22.28_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v a_o time_n of_o persecution_n for_o righteousness_n sake_n that_o thus_o fulfil_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o affliction_n of_o christ_n for_o his_o body_n sake_n which_o be_v his_o church_n they_o may_v at_o last_o whole_o and_o together_o in_o body_n and_o soul_n reign_v with_o christ_n but_o their_o body_n as_o yet_o shall_v be_v captive_a in_o the_o grave_a or_o shall_v the_o saint_n that_o be_v find_v alive_a at_o his_o come_n be_v exempt_v from_o that_o his_o kingdom_n for_o if_o he_o shall_v reign_v till_o then_o and_o then_o give_v up_o his_o kingdom_n to_o his_o father_n they_o be_v exempt_v but_o if_o as_o our_o apostle_n show_v here_o his_o reign_v begin_v not_o till_o his_o come_n viz._n his_o second_o come_n then_o at_o that_o time_n the_o live_n and_o dead_a in_o christ_n shall_v whole_o and_o altogether_o reign_v with_o he_o on_o earth_n 3._o in_o particular_a our_o author_n paraphrase_v on_o that_o clause_n after_o they_o that_o be_v christ_n thus_o these_o word_n say_v he_o do_v show_v that_o there_o be_v some_o distance_n of_o time_n between_o the_o resurrection_n of_o they_o in_o christ_n and_o other_o man_n or_o else_o it_o have_v be_v easy_a for_o the_o apostle_n to_o have_v say_v they_o that_o be_v dead_a or_o they_o that_o be_v in_o the_o grave_a and_o if_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o precedency_n of_o time_n than_o no_o doubt_n it_o shall_v be_v such_o a_o precedency_n of_o time_n as_o may_v bring_v some_o advantage_n and_o honour_n to_o the_o saint_n and_o therefore_o not_o of_o a_o few_o hour_n or_o day_n but_o of_o a_o more_o notable_a continuance_n of_o many_o year_n for_o if_o christ_n shall_v descend_v for_o no_o other_o purpose_n but_o to_o call_v man_n to_o judgement_n as_o there_o will_v be_v no_o need_n of_o distinction_n of_o time_n so_o there_o can_v not_o well_o be_v any_o priority_n of_o time_n to_o distinguish_v their_o resurrection_n because_o in_o that_o act_n both_o good_a and_o bad_a must_v be_v assemble_v before_o he_o at_o the_o same_o time_n and_o the_o wicked_a doubtless_o shall_v then_o be_v raise_v as_o soon_o to_o see_v his_o come_n as_o the_o just_a to_o meet_v and_o accompany_v he_o there_o to_o all_o this_o i_o have_v now_o but_o a_o few_o word_n to_o add_v my_o former_a discuss_v p._n 166._o excuse_v i_o here_o and_o that_o be_v this_o that_o the_o apostle_n in_o this_o text_n hint_n to_o we_o three_o physical_a resurrection_n 1_o the_o resurrection_n of_o christ_n which_o the_o apostle_n say_v be_v past_a vers_fw-la 20._o and_o there_o and_o ver_fw-la 23._o call_v it_o the_o first_o fruit_n of_o the_o saint_n resurrection_n 2_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o wicked_a also_o call_v the_o end_n vers_n 24._o which_o also_o follow_v the_o second_o at_o a_o distance_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d as_o the_o glean_v do_v the_o harvest_n and_o this_o succession_n be_v that_o which_o the_o apostle_n call_v ver_fw-la 23._o order_n each_o to_o rise_v in_o his_o own_o order_n and_o it_o be_v a_o very_a distinct_a order_n for_o as_o there_o have_v be_v now_o above_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o year_n since_o christ_n resurrection_n and_o yet_o the_o saint_n be_v not_o rise_v so_o it_o will_v be_v a_o thousand_o year_n between_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o the_o wicked_a as_o saint_n john_n assert_n rev._n 20._o oft_o and_o much_o insist_v upon_o afore_o and_o as_o at_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o saint_n death_n as_o to_o they_o shall_v be_v destroy_v so_o at_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o wicked_a life_n to_o they_o shall_v be_v destroy_v their_o live_a be_v worse_o than_o death_n and_o therefore_o call_v the_o second_o death_n which_o over_o the_o saint_n shall_v have_v no_o power_n because_o of_o the_o bless_a life_n they_o be_v restore_v to_o revelation_n 20._o and_o first_o twelve_o verse_n sect_n viii_o the_o eight_o place_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n for_o the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n yet_o to_o come_v before_o the_o ultimate_a general_a judgement_n be_v 2_o cor._n 3.15_o 16_o 17_o 18._o vers_fw-la 15._o but_o even_o unto_o this_o day_n when_o moses_n be_v read_v the_o veil_n be_v upon_o their_o heart_n vers_fw-la 16._o nevertheless_o when_o it_o shall_v turn_v to_o the_o lord_n the_o veil_n shall_v be_v take_v away_o verse_n 17._o now_o the_o lord_n be_v that_o spirit_n and_o where_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v there_o be_v liberty_n vers_fw-la 18._o but_o or_o and_z or_o true_o we_o all_o with_o open_a face_n behold_v as_o in_o a_o glass_n the_o glory_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v
at_o first_o create_v be_v at_o length_n renovate_v or_o make_v new_a it_o shall_v put_v on_o a_o face_n that_o shall_v be_v far_o more_o pleasant_a and_o beautiful_a all_o which_o be_v understand_v of_o a_o stare_n and_o time_n on_o earth_n afore_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n for_o the_o next_o question_n follow_v in_o that_o catechism_n be_v concern_v that_o q._n deinde_fw-la autem_fw-la quid_fw-la superest_fw-la but_o after_o that_o what_o remain_v a._n ultimum_fw-la &_o generale_fw-mi judicium_fw-la the_o ultimate_a and_o general_a judgement_n for_o christ_n shall_v come_v etc._n etc._n ¶_o 2_o touch_v certain_a part_n and_o circumstantial_o of_o our_o opinion_n as_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v yet_o afore_o the_o ultimate_a end_n of_o the_o world_n a_o glorious_a time_n of_o the_o universal_a call_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o judgement_n of_o chrysostome_n 7._o orat._n de_fw-fr vocat_fw-la judaecorum_n paragraph_n 7._o hilary_n austin_n ambrose_n and_o jerome_n who_o for_o that_o dr._n prideaux_n quote_v and_o consent_n with_o they_o *_o and_o touch_v the_o come_n of_o elijah_n before_o the_o next_o come_v of_o christ_n be_v the_o general_a opinion_n of_o the_o father_n as_o dr._n john_n alsted_n quote_v and_o assert_n ¶_o 3_o of_o late_a writer_n touch_v parcel_n of_o our_o opinion_n we_o may_v quote_v many_o 1_o wendelinus_n in_o his_o natural_a contemplation_n 2_o hieron_n zanchius_n on_o hof_n 3._o 3_o functius_n his_o chronologie_n 4_o rivetus_n on_o hos_fw-la 3._o 5_o peter_z martyr_n in_o his_o common_a place_n class_n 2._o cap._n 4._o and_o cap._n 16._o 6_o pareus_n on_o rom._n 11._o explicat_fw-la dubiorum_fw-la johannes_n de_fw-fr comb_n be_v compend_v totius_fw-la theolog._n lib._n 7._o cap._n 13._o alphonsus_n conradus_n of_o mantua_n in_o his_o commentary_n on_o the_o revelation_n do_v superabound_v upon_o the_o main_a point_n i_o will_v give_v you_o but_o some_o few_o special_a touch_n in_o his_o commentary_n on_o rev._n we_o may_v see_v say_v he_o that_o diverse_a hold_n that_o between_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n and_o come_v in_o majesty_n there_o be_v a_o middle_a come_n of_o spiritual_a power_n and_o force_n to_o destroy_v the_o great_a antichrist_n and_o to_o reform_v the_o church_n this_o come_n they_o say_v shall_v be_v in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o six_o millenary_a for_o thousand_o year_n of_o which_o come_v they_o make_v enoch_n and_o elijah_n the_o forerunner_n they_o say_v that_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o their_o preach_n and_o his_o kingdom_n abolish_v after_o which_o down-fall_a peace_n shall_v be_v grant_v to_o the_o church_n and_o satan_n shall_v be_v bind_v so_o that_o he_o shall_v not_o be_v able_a to_o disturb_v the_o tranquillity_n thereof_o now_o this_o peace_n and_o happy_a progress_n of_o the_o church_n they_o say_v shall_v last_v for_o the_o whole_a seven_o millenary_a till_o the_o last_o time_n of_o her_o trouble_n by_o the_o persecution_n of_o the_o nation_n gog_n and_o magog_n because_o of_o satan_n who_o they_o say_v shall_v then_o be_v at_o liberty_n stir_v they_o up_o against_o the_o godly_a these_o word_n quote_v by_o dr._n john_n alsted_n in_o his_o treatise_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n infer_v this_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v say_v alsle_v that_o our_o opinion_n concern_v these_o thousand_o year_n be_v no_o new_a and_o unheard-of_a thing_n as_o for_o alsonsus_fw-la conradus_n his_o own_o opinion_n hear_v a_o little_a of_o that_o first_o in_o his_o preface_n this_o one_o thing_n perhaps_o say_v he_o may_v offend_v the_o ear_n of_o some_o because_o i_o seem_v to_o promise_v a_o more_o plentiful_a peace_n to_o the_o church_n than_o that_o likeness_n of_o the_o cross_n will_v allow_v of_o in_o which_o in_o this_o world_n the_o church_n must_v be_v make_v conformable_a to_o christ_n its_o head_n but_o let_v they_o bethink_v themselves_o that_o this_o be_v not_o so_o contrary_a to_o the_o scripture_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v object_v against_o i_o or_o lay_v to_o my_o charge_n as_o fit_a to_o be_v reckon_v in_o the_o number_n of_o those_o which_o be_v term_v either_o impious_a or_o absurd_a especial_o when_o as_o i_o can_v perceive_v by_o what_o mean_v that_o happiness_n which_o john_n write_v the_o church_n shall_v enjoy_v satan_n be_v bind_v can_v be_v make_v good_a except_o we_o acknowledge_v some_o rest_n of_o the_o church_n her_o enemy_n be_v overthrow_v which_o i_o think_v indeed_o ever_o happen_v as_o often_o as_o the_o enemy_n of_o god_n people_n have_v be_v remove_v out_o of_o the_o way_n now_o because_o the_o enemy_n john_n tell_v we_o shall_v be_v remove_v be_v more_o dangerous_a than_o all_o that_o ever_o yet_o infest_a god_n people_n it_o ought_v not_o to_o seem_v strange_a to_o any_o one_o if_o he_o be_v once_o overcome_v the_o church_n enjoy_v a_o more_o plentiful_a peace_n then_o usual_a second_o in_o his_o comment_n on_o rev._n 20.1_o god_n be_v about_o to_o bestow_v say_v alsonsus_fw-la a_o more_o plentiful_a peace_n on_o his_o church_n than_o heretofore_o it_o suffice_v not_o he_o to_o have_v remove_v out_o of_o the_o way_n the_o beast_n and_o those_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n with_o a_o horrible_a slaughter_n except_o also_o he_o restrain_v satan_n the_o beginner_n of_o all_o these_o mischief_n so_o that_o he_o may_v not_o raise_v any_o more_o those_o usual_a strife_n among_o they_o wherefore_o the_o angel_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n who_o repress_v the_o fury_n of_o satan_n shut_v he_o up_o as_o long_o as_o he_o please_v not_o to_o have_v the_o church_n peace_n to_o be_v take_v away_o so_o he_o shut_v he_o up_o for_o a_o thousand_o year_n i.e._n for_o that_o whole_a time_n that_o he_o will_v not_o have_v the_o church_n peace_n disturb_v so_o far_a alsonsus_fw-la 9_o there_o be_v a_o touch_n also_o in_o matthew_n cotterius_fw-la in_o his_o contin_n &_o demonstrâ—expos_fw-la of_o the_o revelat._n on_o chap._n 20._o of_o this_o thousand_o year_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v only_o he_o begin_v his_o thousand_o year_n a_o hundred_o and_o odd_a year_n too_o soon_o at_o which_o time_n as_o alsted_n well_o observe_v be_v but_o the_o praeludium_n 10_o add_v to_o these_o the_o word_n of_o john_n piscator_fw-la a_o author_n of_o esteem_n common_a among_o we_o in_o his_o comment_n on_o the_o revelation_n the_o happiness_n of_o the_o faithful_a who_o shall_v live_v upon_o earth_n after_o the_o down-fall_a of_o the_o papacy_n be_v their_o great_a security_n from_o the_o hostile_a invasion_n of_o the_o wicked_a for_o a_o thousand_o year_n the_o singular_a happiness_n of_o the_o martyr_n of_o christ_n who_o before_o those_o thousand_o year_n endure_v persecution_n be_v their_o resurrection_n which_o shall_v be_v before_o the_o general_a resurrection_n and_o in_o a_o treatise_n he_o write_v afore_o his_o death_n of_o which_o dr._n john_n alsted_n have_v the_o perusal_n the_o say_v piscator_fw-la write_v much_o more_o of_o this_o our_o point_n which_o the_o say_v alsted_n transcribe_v as_o he_o confess_v into_o his_o treatise_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n give_v i_o leave_v to_o borrow_v but_o a_o little_a more_o of_o your_o patience_n and_o i_o will_v give_v you_o much_o in_o few_o word_n many_o writer_n of_o the_o former_a and_o this_o present_a age_n have_v publish_v many_o thing_n concern_v elias_n the_o artist_n who_o be_v to_o come_v of_o the_o lion_n of_o the_o north_n who_o be_v near_o at_o hand_n of_o a_o four_o northern_a monarchy_n of_o a_o great_a reformation_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n etc._n etc._n see_v theophrastus_n paracelsus_n michael_n sendivogius_n in_o his_o treatise_n of_o sulphur_n stephanus_n pannonius_n of_o the_o circle_n of_o the_o work_n and_o judgement_n of_o god_n where_o among_o other_o thing_n he_o write_v thus_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v that_o the_o pure_a gospel_n shall_v be_v preach_v to_o the_o american_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n that_o nothing_o be_v more_o sure_a then_o that_o the_o reformation_n of_o the_o east_n and_o south_n draw_v on_o some_o famous_a emperor_n who_o type_n be_v constantine_n and_o theodosius_n both_o entitle_v the_o great_a shall_v open_o show_v himself_o and_o grant_v liberty_n of_o religion_n to_o they_o who_o profess_v the_o name_n of_o the_o holy_a trinity_n shall_v do_v some_o great_a matter_n in_o the_o world_n for_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n for_o the_o re-building_n up_o of_o the_o church_n and_o for_o the_o down-fall_a of_o antichrist_n the_o eastern_a christian_n fire_v with_o the_o zeal_n of_o christ_n shall_v make_v their_o way_n into_o asia_n it_z sâ—â—e_z and_o provoke_v the_o jew_n to_o jealousy_n rom._n 11._o and_o the_o spiritual_a babylon_n shall_v be_v a_o prey_n to_o all_o nation_n a_o resine_v of_o the_o soldier_n of_o god_n whereof_o be_v mention_n zech._n 13.8_o 9_o i.e._n temptation_n and_o trial_n shall_v go_v before_o this_o
be_v as_o one_o day_n with_o the_o lord_n and_o then_o after_o that_o by_o way_n of_o exposition_n he_o say_v we_o expect_v new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n all_o this_o in_o 2_o pet._n 3._o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v the_o morning_n and_o daylight_n of_o this_o last_o day_n and_o the_o last_o end_n be_v the_o evening_n and_o night_n so_o that_o in_o the_o morning_n of_o this_o last_o day_n they_o that_o be_v christ_n be_v raise_v and_o as_o soon_o as_o raise_v their_o everlasting_a life_n begin_v for_o they_o die_v no_o more_o for_o aught_o i_o know_v ¶_o 3_o to_o the_o five_o and_o last_o place_n we_o answer_v it_o do_v not_o infer_v the_o antecedent_n the_o word_n in_o that_o heb._n 9.28_o be_v unto_o they_o that_o look_v for_o he_o shall_v he_o appear_v the_o second_o time_n without_o sin_n unto_o salvation_n all_o that_o mr._n baily_n say_v upon_o this_o place_n to_o stretch_v it_o to_o his_o end_n be_v that_o christ_n have_v but_o two_o time_n of_o come_v to_o the_o earth_n first_o in_o weakness_n to_o die_v upon_o the_o cross_n second_o time_n in_o glory_n to_o give_v everlasting_a salvation_n without_o distinction_n to_o all_o believer_n who_o look_v for_o his_o come_n to_o which_o word_n of_o mr._n baily_n we_o say_v that_o it_o do_v not_o follow_v infallible_o that_o because_o the_o apostle_n there_o name_v two_o come_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o antithesis_fw-la of_o a_o second_o state_n in_o opposition_n to_o the_o state_n of_o humiliation_n that_o therefore_o there_o be_v no_o three_o time_n of_o his_o come_n mr._n b._n now_o confess_v a_o second_o come_v of_o christ_n to_o the_o earth_n and_o it_o be_v nothing_o contrary_a to_o scripture_n if_o we_o shall_v say_v that_o after_o his_o second_o come_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n he_o shall_v come_v again_o the_o three_o time_n to_o universal_a and_o ultimate_a judgement_n but_o we_o contend_v not_o in_o this_o as_o in_o relation_n to_o our_o particular_a point_n here_o in_o hand_n but_o shall_v conclude_v our_o answer_n with_o this_o that_o all_o that_o can_v be_v infer_v from_o this_o place_n be_v only_o this_o that_o whereas_o christ_n appear_v with_o sin_n upon_o the_o cross_n i._n e._n he_o be_v repute_v a_o sinner_n by_o man_n and_o our_o sin_n impute_v to_o he_o by_o god_n and_o be_v so_o be_v make_v a_o sacrifice_n for_o sin_n isa_n 53.2_o cor._n 5._o v._o ult_n at_o his_o next_o appear_v his_o second_o appear_v after_o this_o as_o the_o apostle_n reckon_v he_o shall_v appear_v in_o no_o such_o garb_n under_o no_o such_o opinion_n or_o notion_n but_o most_o glorious_a which_o be_v true_o perform_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n at_o which_o time_n begin_v the_o salvation_n of_o they_o that_o look_v for_o he_o sect_n iu_o mr._n bailye_n four_o argument_n the_o conceit_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n make_v christ_n kingdom_n to_o be_v earthly_a and_o most_o observable_a for_o all_o worldly_a glory_n but_o the_o scripture_n make_v it_o to_o be_v spiritual_a without_o all_o worldly_a pomp_n neither_o do_v the_o word_n of_o god_n make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mediator_n of_o two_o kind_n and_o of_o a_o different_a nature_n but_o one_o uniform_a from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n luke_n 1.32_o the_o lord_n shall_v give_v unto_o he_o the_o throne_n of_o his_o father_n david_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v over_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n for_o ever_o and_o 1_o cor._n 15.25_o he_o must_v reign_v till_o he_o have_v put_v all_o thing_n under_o his_o foot_n here_o this_o be_v but_o one_o kingdom_n and_o one_o way_n of_o rule_v a_o kingdom_n mere_o spiritual_a and_o no_o wise_a worldly_a luke_n 17.20_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n come_v not_o with_o observation_n neither_o shall_v they_o say_v lo_o here_o or_o lo_o there_o but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v within_o you_o and_o john_n 18.36_o my_o kingdom_n be_v not_o of_o this_o world_n if_o my_o kingdom_n be_v of_o this_o world_n then_o will_v my_o servant_n fight_v but_o now_o be_v my_o kingdom_n not_o from_o hence_o rom._n 14.17_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v not_o meat_n and_o drink_n but_o righteousness_n peace_n and_o joy_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n eph._n 1.20_o he_o raise_v he_o up_o from_o the_o dead_a and_o set_v he_o at_o his_o right-hand_a in_o heavenly_a place_n and_o have_v put_v all_o thing_n under_o his_o foot_n and_o give_v he_o to_o be_v head_n over_o all_o to_o the_o church_n then_o mr._n baily_n conclude_v with_o this_o untrue_a speech_n the_o millenaries_n make_v his_o kingdom_n to_o appear_v in_o army_n and_o battle_n in_o feast_n and_o pleasure_n in_o worldly_a pomp_n and_o power_n and_o will_v not_o have_v his_o kingdom_n to_o stand_v in_o any_o of_o that_o spiritual_a power_n which_o since_o his_o ascension_n he_o have_v execute_v on_o principality_n and_o power_n which_o be_v a_o false_a speech_n if_o intend_v as_o it_o appear_v of_o all_o millenaries_n and_o so_o of_o protestant_a millenaries_n and_o it_o be_v a_o answer_n sufficient_a mere_o to_o deny_v what_o he_o do_v simple_o affirm_v without_o proof_n if_o any_o shall_v say_v that_o we_o may_v give_v a_o word_n of_o answer_n to_o this_o aspersion_n and_o rid_v our_o hand_n of_o it_o that_o battle_n and_o army_n at_o first_o shall_v be_v remotio_fw-la impedimenti_fw-la to_o beat_v down_o turk_n and_o pope_n and_o all_o their_o obstinate_a adherent_n as_o it_o be_v in_o dan._n 12._o rev._n 17.16_o rev._n 19.19_o to_o the_o end_n that_o so_o these_o enemy_n be_v beat_v down_o the_o kingdom_n we_o speak_v of_o may_v be_v set_v up_o it_o do_v not_o therefore_o follow_v that_o it_o be_v assert_v that_o this_o kingdom_n do_v consist_v in_o these_o or_o if_o it_o shall_v be_v say_v that_o to_o all_o the_o spiritual_a glory_n and_o power_n and_o pleasure_n they_o shall_v have_v add_v all_o outward_a comfort_n in_o a_o sanctify_a manner_n as_o adam_n have_v as_o the_o apostle_n heb._n 2.6_o in_o a_o quotation_n out_o of_o the_o eight_o psalm_n as_o the_o eight_o psalm_n be_v quote_v out_o of_o gen._n 1.26_o set_v forth_o this_o kingdom_n in_o its_o peace_n and_o comfort_n to_o be_v like_o that_o of_o adam_n in_o innocency_n do_v it_o therefore_o follow_v that_o its_o ave_fw-la red_a that_o this_o kingdom_n consist_v in_o these_o as_o in_o its_o essential_o they_o marbee_n additional_n and_o circumstantial_o isa_n 65.16_o to_o the_o end_n and_o matthy_a 19.29_o yet_o not_o be_v the_o fundamental_o and_o essential_o much_o less_o can_v it_o be_v true_o imagine_v that_o any_o protestant_n so_o indeed_o will_v say_v as_o mr._n b._n affirm_v that_o this_o kingdom_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v do_v not_o stand_v in_o any_o of_o that_o spiritual_a power_n which_o since_o christ_n ascension_n he_o have_v execute_v on_o principality_n and_o power_n sure_o the_o spiritual_a power_n shall_v continue_v there_o though_o it_o do_v not_o exercise_v itself_o on_o principality_n etc._n etc._n when_o they_o have_v submit_v only_o i_o make_v this_o exception_n if_o mr._n baily_n mean_v a_o classical_a presbyterian_a power_n i_o think_v there_o shall_v be_v none_o at_o all_o i_o say_v the_o less_o to_o these_o foul_a aspersion_n in_o this_o place_n because_o i_o have_v so_o abundant_o anticipate_v myself_o afore_o where_o i_o have_v rip_v up_o the_o whole_a mystery_n of_o all_o this_o iniquity_n in_o the_o three_o book_n chapter_n 3_o section_n 2._o beginning_n at_o page_n 369._o i_o be_v bring_v in_o jerk_v at_o the_o millenaries_n to_o the_o same_o tune_n as_o do_v mr._n baily_n but_o he_o be_v i_o think_v as_o sound_o and_o just_o jerk_v for_o his_o injustice_n more_o scholastico_fw-la as_o ever_o any_o libeler_n be_v by_o the_o lictor_n or_o beadle_n of_o the_o magistrate_n there_o for_o his_o fable_n you_o have_v it_o retort_v upon_o he_o that_o by_o his_o own_o allegation_n he_o intimate_v that_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v ancient_a than_o his_o time_n and_o his_o own_o word_n be_v bring_v against_o he_o wherein_o he_o confess_v that_o many_o ecclesiastical_a man_n and_o martyr_n have_v say_v the_o same_o thing_n that_o he_o speak_v against_o and_o therefore_o he_o confess_v that_o he_o can_v condemn_v they_o even_o when_o he_o have_v report_v they_o far_o worse_a than_o ever_o they_o speak_v you_o have_v there_o likewise_o justin_n martyr_v bring_v effectual_o disprove_v jerom._n add_v to_o all_o you_o have_v there_o mr._n mede_n take_v jerom_n to_o task_n in_o the_o same_o three_o book_n three_o chapter_n and_o three_o section_n you_o have_v the_o particular_n of_o the_o aspersion_n discuss_v and_o their_o author_n disprove_v they_o be_v father_v upon_o cerinthus_n by_o one_o gaius_n second_v by_o dionysius_n alexandrinus_n simple_o
believe_v and_o report_v by_o eusebius_n but_o by_o the_o best_a antiquity_n cerinthus_n be_v quit_v gaius_n doubt_v of_o and_o suspect_v dionysius_n blame_v and_o eusebius_n reprove_v and_o to_o make_v these_o thing_n good_a against_o they_o we_o produce_v irenaeus_n tertullian_n and_o epiphanius_n and_o to_o conclude_v we_o give_v you_o there_o mr._n mede_n answer_v to_o the_o say_v gaius_n dionysius_n and_o eusebius_n thus_o we_o have_v repeat_v the_o more_o lest_o some_o shall_v not_o take_v the_o pain_n to_o read_v the_o forequote_v place_n but_o let_v we_o leave_v the_o tail_n of_o the_o argument_n and_o wound_v the_o head_n and_o heart_n of_o it_o and_o then_o the_o heel_n will_v easy_o fall_v ¶_o 1_o to_o the_o major_a proposition_n and_o first_o to_o the_o first_o clause_n that_o the_o conceit_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n make_v christ_n kingdom_n to_o be_v earthly_a we_o answer_v it_o no_o more_o it_o make_v earthly_a then_o to_o say_v the_o church_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n make_v the_o church_n of_o christ_n earthly_a because_o all_o this_o while_o it_o have_v be_v on_o earth_n which_o notwithstanding_o be_v call_v heavenly_a gal._n 4.26_o heb._n 12.22_o again_o the_o angel_n business_n be_v with_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n and_o about_o earthly_a thing_n in_o relation_n to_o the_o church_n welfare_n heb._n 1_o dan._n 10._o yet_o it_o follow_v not_o that_o they_o be_v therefore_o earthly_a to_o the_o second_o clause_n of_o the_o major_a it_o make_v christ_n kingdom_n most_o observable_a for_o all_o worldly_a glory_n answer_v though_o this_o kingdom_n shall_v have_v observable_a for_o outward_a glory_n according_a to_o rev._n 21._o king_n and_o nation_n shall_v bring_v their_o honour_n to_o it_o yet_o it_o do_v not_o follow_v that_o we_o say_v it_o shall_v be_v most_o observable_a for_o that_o but_o for_o the_o special_a manifestation_n of_o god_n and_o the_o lamb_n and_o all_o the_o spiritual_a beam_n irradiate_a from_o they_o rev._n 21._o dispel_v all_o uncleanness_n and_o spiritualize_a every_o thing_n so_o that_o though_o they_o enjoy_v the_o earth_n upon_o earth_n yet_o not_o in_o a_o earthly_a manner_n sure_o then_o shall_v that_o be_v much_o more_o verify_v in_o 1_o cor._n 10.31_o and_o phil._n 3.20_o their_o conversation_n be_v in_o heaven_n and_o do_v all_o to_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n ¶_o 2_o to_o his_o minor_a proposition_n first_o to_o the_o first_o clause_n but_o the_o scripture_n make_v it_o to_o be_v spiritual_a without_o all_o worldly_a pomp_n i_o answer_v word_n be_v as_o they_o be_v intend_v in_o english_a pomp_n and_o vanity_n be_v much_o of_o the_o same_o sense_n but_o if_o by_o pomp_n mr._n b._n mean_n outward_a glory_n christ_n have_v promise_v it_o abundant_o in_o many_o place_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n before_o allege_v and_o also_o in_o the_o new_a testament_n in_o many_o place_n of_o which_o afore_o and_o particular_o in_o rev._n 21._o throughout_o to_o the_o second_o clause_n of_o his_o minor_a neither_o do_v the_o word_n of_o god_n make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mediator_n of_o two_o kind_n and_o of_o a_o different_a nature_n we_o answer_v as_o all_o orthodox_n divine_n do_v distinguish_v the_o church_n of_o the_o mediator_n into_o visible_a and_o invisible_a yet_o do_v say_v and_o mr._n b._n can_v see_v it_o as_o well_o as_o i_o that_o they_o do_v not_o distinguish_v the_o church_n into_o several_a kind_n so_o it_o be_v in_o this_o as_o notwithstanding_o that_o in_o heb._n 1.1_o the_o church_n and_o word_n be_v still_o of_o the_o same_o kind_n and_o nature_n in_o essence_n to_o the_o three_o clause_n of_o his_o minor_a the_o word_n make_v the_o church_n one_o uniform_a from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n we_o answer_v this_o word_n uniform_a be_v various_o use_v by_o prelate_n and_o presbyter_n which_o variety_n do_v arise_v from_o diocese_n and_o class_n but_o we_o think_v if_o we_o distinguish_v of_o a_o internal_a and_o a_o external_a form_n we_o shall_v satisfy_v the_o objection_n the_o church_n be_v one_o uniform_a church_n in_o the_o internal_a form_n which_o be_v union_n in_o and_o with_o christ_n and_o through_o he_o with_o one_o another_o eph._n 4._o and_o yet_o this_o do_v not_o hinder_v the_o church_n in_o several_a age_n to_o have_v several_a external_a form_n in_o adam_n stand_v it_o be_v outward_o most_o glorious_a as_o well_o as_o inward_o perfect_a in_o the_o ten_o father_n time_n afore_o the_o flood_n it_o be_v in_o family_n with_o a_o mean_a outward_a glory_n in_o the_o time_n of_o tabernacle_n make_v by_o moses_n and_o of_o the_o temple_n build_v by_o solomon_n it_o have_v a_o world_n of_o glorious_a type_n and_o abundance_n of_o pomp_n i._n e._n outward_a glory_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n in_o the_o first_o 300_o year_n it_o be_v mean_a in_o constantine_n m._n etc._n etc._n a_o great_a deal_n of_o outward_a glory_n but_o again_o of_o late_a time_n in_o many_o place_n very_o mean_a yet_o still_o we_o true_o confess_v one_o universal_a church_n in_o kind_n nature_n essence_n and_o internal_a form_n why_o therefore_o shall_v it_o make_v a_o objection_n that_o when_o christ_n time_n shall_v come_v that_o be_v great_a than_o constantine_n the_o great_a than_o moses_n than_o solomon_n than_o adam_n that_o he_o shall_v make_v the_o church_n as_o internal_o and_o spiritual_o most_o exact_a so_o external_o glorious_a if_o there_o be_v any_o outward_a glory_n on_o earth_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n or_o any_o part_n thereof_o but_o in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o saint_n consider_v as_o the_o church_n not_o as_o the_o world_n for_o then_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v church_v christ_n not_o bishop_n christ_n spirit_n not_o their_o liturgy_n or_o litany_n or_o collect_v shall_v church_n she_o and_o give_v she_o a_o haleluia_o for_o her_o safe_a delivery_n and_o fulfil_v that_o neither_o the_o sun_n of_o worldly_a power_n nor_o the_o moon_n of_o worldly_a thing_n shall_v fright_v she_o any_o more_o for_o that_o psalm_n be_v mean_v of_o the_o church_n ¶_o 3_o to_o his_o proof_n of_o the_o minor_a viz._n that_o the_o scripture_n make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mediator_n to_o be_v spiritual_a without_o all_o worldly_a pomp_n and_o that_o neither_o do_v the_o word_n of_o god_n make_v that_o kingdom_n to_o be_v of_o two_o kind_n and_o of_o two_o different_a nature_n but_o one_o and_o uniform_a from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n i_o say_v that_o proof_n he_o bring_v for_o this_o will_v be_v too_o short_a by_o many_o round_n to_o reach_v all_o this_o pomp_n of_o word_n in_o which_o he_o dress_v forth_o his_o minor_a proposition_n let_v we_o examine_v his_o proof_n by_o particular_n first_o that_o in_o luke_n 1.32_o the_o lord_n shall_v give_v he_o the_o throne_n of_o his_o father_n david_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v over_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n for_o ever_o now_o we_o ask_v the_o question_n do_v this_o make_v out_o all_o the_o strain_n of_o mr._n b._n minor_a nay_o we_o have_v large_o show_v this_o place_n mighty_o confirm_v our_o opinion_n and_o overthrow_v the_o contrary_a see_v before_o book_n 3._o chap._n 4._o sect._n 2._o page_n 383._o etc._n etc._n i_o be_o loath_a to_o spend_v time_n and_o pain_n in_o repetition_n and_o so_o to_o swell_v this_o treatise_n with_o unnecessary_n i_o will_v only_o ask_v mr._n b._n where_o or_o when_o yet_o be_v fulfil_v this_o same_o shall_a and_o where_o be_v david_n throne_n now_o and_o how_o do_v christ_n reign_v over_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n in_o any_o part_n or_o in_o any_o manner_n in_o inward_a and_o outward_a glory_n to_o his_o second_o proof_n 1_o cor._n 15.25_o he_o must_v reign_v till_o he_o have_v put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o we_o answer_v first_o by_o a_o question_n do_v this_o place_n prove_v all_o the_o clause_n of_o his_o minor_a be_v here_o one_o word_n to_o say_v that_o in_o christ_n kingdom_n there_o be_v but_o one_o way_n of_o rule_v that_o there_o be_v but_o one_o kingdom_n mere_o spiritual_a and_o in_o no_o wise_a worldly_a yea_o do_v not_o this_o text_n speak_v the_o contrary_a whâ—n_o it_o faith_n all_o his_o thing_n as_o mr._n b._n allege_v it_o must_v be_v put_v under_o his_o foot_n sure_o this_o intimate_v a_o great_a alteration_n of_o the_o world_n that_o the_o world_n shall_v submit_v to_o christ_n for_o the_o good_a and_o service_n of_o the_o church_n as_o many_o place_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n do_v glorious_o enlarge_v mr._n b._n quip_n we_o with_o a_o socino-remonstration_a but_o sure_o it_o be_v plain_a familisme_n to_o turn_v plain_a place_n into_o allegory_n to_o the_o three_o proof_n in_o luke_n 17.20_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n come_v not_o with_o observation_n neither_o shall_v they_o say_v lo_o here_o or_o lo_o there_o
for_o behold_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v within_o you_o we_o answer_v first_o that_o these_o word_n be_v speak_v to_o the_o pharisee_n ibid._n vers_fw-la 20_o to_o they_o it_o shall_v not_o come_v with_o observation_n 2_o to_o they_o inquire_v after_o another_o state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n mean_v while_o overlook_a and_o neglect_v its_o present_a state_n while_o christ_n be_v personal_o with_o they_o and_o oppose_v he_o no_o wonder_n therefore_o that_o to_o such_o hypocrite_n so_o act_v christ_n will_v not_o discover_v the_o glorious_a visible_a state_n of_o his_o church_n to_o come_v 3._o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d observation_n it_o signify_v divination_n or_o augury_n bud._n and_o the_o apostle_n apply_v the_o theme_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o reprove_v the_o galatian_n for_o observe_v day_n and_o month_n and_o year_n and_o time_n therefore_o chemnitius_n say_v true_o it_o signify_v a_o scrupulous_a superstitious_a observation_n and_o oft_o in_o the_o new_a testament_n it_o be_v put_v to_o signify_v in_o the_o theme_n a_o captious_a insidiatory_a malicious_a observation_n to_o carp_v and_o catch_v luke_n 6.7_o chap._n 14._o vers_fw-la 1_o chap._n 20._o vers_fw-la 20._o the_o great_a learned_a philosopher_n a_o natural_a greek_a and_o therefore_o know_v his_o own_o tongue_n in_o his_o rhet._n l._n 2._o use_v it_o for_o observe_v a_o fit_a time_n to_o revenge_n now_o the_o pharisee_n be_v exquisite_a at_o both_o sort_n of_o observation_n viz._n superstition_n of_o wash_v etc._n etc._n and_o insidiatory_a see_v luke_n 20.20_o they_o watch_v he_o it_o be_v the_o same_o greek_a word_n and_o send_v forth_o spy_v etc._n etc._n this_o be_v the_o efficacy_n of_o the_o greek_a word_n and_o this_o be_v the_o spirit_n and_o temper_n of_o the_o pharisee_n no_o wonder_n that_o christ_n say_v to_o they_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n do_v not_o come_v with_o such_o observation_n or_o to_o such_o observer_n but_o fourthly_a we_o answer_v that_o christ_n do_v not_o deny_v but_o that_o his_o kingdom_n may_v be_v perceive_v and_o behold_v by_o a_o serious_a and_o sincere_a observaton_n as_o first_o his_o kingdom_n of_o the_o ministration_n of_o the_o gospel_n so_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o need_n to_o say_v lo_o here_o or_o lo_o there_o be_v the_o kingdom_n while_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v among_o you_o verse_n 21._o q._n d._n you_o may_v see_v it_o as_o well_o as_o other_o if_o you_o be_v sincere_o willing_a to_o see_v it_o our_o translator_n render_v it_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v within_o you_o but_o most_o improper_o for_o sure_a the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v not_o within_o these_o pharisee_n who_o most_o likely_a put_v this_o question_n to_o christ_n insidiatory_o beside_o the_o greek_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d common_o signify_v among_o or_o on_o this_o side_n or_o on_o that_o side_n or_o in_o the_o middle_n or_o amid_o and_o so_o beza_n and_o the_o hebrew_n &_o our_o syriack_n copy_n have_v it_o and_o beza_n say_v it_o answer_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d apud_fw-la vos_fw-la among_o you_o and_o his_o word_n on_o this_o place_n and_o phrase_n be_v very_o considerable_a to_o our_o purpose_n this_o particle_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d say_v beza_n signify_v that_o so_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v among_o they_o that_o by_o no_o mean_n can_v it_o lie_v hide_v but_o be_v obvious_a to_o the_o behold_v of_o all_o as_o john_n speaks_z chap._n 1._o v._n 27._o but_o perhaps_o it_o do_v declare_v that_o they_o have_v it_o not_o only_o near_o they_o but_o also_o within_o that_o be_v they_o have_v the_o messiah_n within_o their_o house_n so_o that_o but_o for_o perverse_a opinion_n etc._n etc._n they_o may_v acknowledge_v he_o there_o be_v some_o say_v beza_n who_o have_v rather_o render_v it_o within_o you_o as_o if_o it_o be_v signify_v there_o that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v spiritual_a not_o earthly_a etc._n etc._n which_o opinion_n however_o it_o be_v true_a yet_o perhaps_o it_o be_v not_o sufficient_o accommodate_v to_o this_o place_n second_o for_o christ_n more_o glorious_a and_o more_o conspicuous_a kingdom_n at_o his_o next_o appear_v he_o say_v verse_n 22_o 23_o 24._o and_o 25._o to_o his_o disciple_n go_v not_o after_o man_n that_o say_v here_o or_o there_o it_o be_v in_o this_o or_o that_o corner_n for_o as_o the_o lightning_n that_o lighten_v out_o of_o the_o one_o part_n under_o heaven_n shine_v unto_o the_o other_o part_n under_o heaven_n so_o also_o shall_v the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v in_o his_o day_n but_o first_o he_o must_v suffer_v many_o thing_n and_o be_v reject_v of_o this_o generation_n which_o plain_o signify_v his_o next_o come_v after_o his_o ascension_n lay_v all_o together_o and_o you_o will_v see_v how_o little_a mr._n b._n get_v out_o of_o this_o place_n for_o his_o minor_a to_o his_o four_o proof_n thereof_o job_n 18.36_o my_o kingdom_n be_v not_o of_o this_o world_n we_o have_v answer_v large_o afore_o to_o his_o five_o and_o last_o proof_n of_o his_o minor_a rom._n 14.16_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n consist_v not_o etc._n etc._n we_o give_v a_o full_a answer_n when_o we_o answer_v the_o close_n up_o of_o this_o his_o argument_n sect_n v._o mr._n bailye_n five_o argument_n §_o 1_o the_o scripture_n make_v the_o church_n of_o god_n so_o long_o as_o it_o be_v upon_o earth_n first_o a_o mix_a multitude_n of_o elect_a and_o reprobate_a good_a and_o bad_a second_o a_o company_n of_o people_n under_o the_o cross_n and_o subject_a to_o various_a temptation_n three_o a_o company_n that_o have_v need_n of_o the_o word_n and_o sacrament_n of_o prayer_n and_o ordinance_n four_o that_o have_v christ_n a_o high_a priest_n within_o the_o veil_n of_o heaven_n intercede_v for_o they_o but_o the_o doctrine_n in_o hand_n change_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o church_n and_o make_v it_o for_o a_o 1000_o year_n together_o to_o consist_v only_o of_o good_a &_o gracious_a person_n without_o all_o trouble_n without_o all_o ordinance_n without_o any_o need_n of_o christ_n intercession_n for_o the_o first_o of_o mixedness_n see_v mat._n 13.40.24.11_o luk._n 18.8_o these_o place_n declare_v the_o mixture_n of_o the_o wicked_a with_o the_o godly_a in_o the_o church_n to_o the_o world_n end_n and_o most_o about_o the_o end_n for_o the_o second_o of_o cross_n see_v psal_n 34.20_o many_o be_v the_o affliction_n of_o the_o righteous_a matth._n 5.4_o bless_a be_v they_o that_o mourn_v and_o be_v persecute_v act._n 14.23_o by_o many_o tribulation_n we_o must_v enter_v into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n rom._n 8.17_o if_o we_o suffer_v with_o he_o we_o shall_v reign_v with_o he_o 2_o tim._n 3.12_o all_o that_o will_v be_v godly_a must_v suffer_v persecution_n for_o the_o three_o of_o ordinance_n see_v eph._n 4.11_o 1_o cor._n 11.26_o for_o the_o four_o of_o need_n of_o christ_n intercession_n see_v 1_o john_n 1.8_o and_o chapter_n 2.1_o heb._n 9.24_o §_o 2_o answer_n first_o to_o the_o major_a mr._n b._n himself_o can_v but_o confess_v that_o it_o be_v not_o simple_o and_o absolute_o true_a for_o if_o christ_n will_v judge_v the_o whole_a world_n upon_o the_o earth_n on_o earth_n shall_v be_v the_o place_n of_o judicature_n and_o body_n must_v be_v in_o a_o place_n for_o at_o heaven_n the_o wicked_a shall_v not_o be_v to_o receive_v sentence_n and_o only_o the_o saint_n at_o last_o be_v catch_v up_o into_o the_o cloud_n 1_o thess_n 4.17_o and_o christ_n as_o man_n must_v judge_v man_n as_o man_n and_o so_o have_v time_n to_o make_v his_o judgement_n apparent_o just_a to_o all_o man_n reason_n and_o so_o as_o some_o of_o the_o presbyterian_o confess_v must_v take_v up_o some_o considerable_a time_n and_o at_o this_o time_n the_o church_n shall_v be_v separate_v crosses_z shall_v cease_v the_o wicked_a shall_v not_o persecute_v etc._n etc._n then_o it_o follow_v that_o the_o major_n be_v not_o absolute_o true_a that_o all_o the_o time_n the_o church_n be_v on_o earth_n it_o shall_v be_v subject_a to_o the_o four_o aforesaid_a particular_n now_o we_o have_v often_o and_o just_o say_v the_o day_n of_o judgement_n begin_v at_o the_o thousand_o year_n §_o 3_o to_o the_o minor_a we_o say_v that_o it_o be_v false_a to_o say_v this_o doctrine_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n do_v alter_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o church_n nature_n import_v substance_n kind_n essence_n but_o mr._n baily_n know_v the_o rule_n magis_fw-la &_o minus_fw-la non_fw-la variant_n speciem_fw-la i._n e._n more_n and_o less_o do_v not_o alâ—er_v the_o kind_n and_o sure_a mr._n b._n have_v preach_v that_o common_a true_a divinity_n that_o heaven_n do_v perfect_a our_o condition_n our_o knowledge_n grace_n soul_n body_n and_o communion_n with_o god_n not_o alter_v they_o in_o kind_n nature_n or_o essence_n and_o so_o the_o
happiness_n than_o it_o must_v not_o be_v take_v from_o they_o by_o the_o old_a misery_n of_o death_n if_o all_o the_o elect_n dead_a and_o alive_a must_v reign_v on_o earth_n a_o thousand_o year_n as_o we_o have_v prove_v then_o there_o must_v be_v no_o death_n to_o cut_v this_o time_n short_a they_o do_v not_o reign_v if_o subject_n in_o the_o thousand_o year_n to_o that_o great_a enemy_n death_n nor_o do_v any_o of_o they_o live_v a_o thousand_o year_n if_o by_o succession_n they_o die_v in_o that_o thousand_o year_n if_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o sorrow_n nor_o cry_n nor_o pain_n as_o we_o hear_v afore_o how_o then_o can_v this_o man-eater_n death_n continue_v if_o sin_n be_v go_v why_o shall_v death_n remain_v §_o 2_o but_o to_o leave_v discourse_n and_o come_v to_o plain_a place_n of_o scripture_n which_o be_v divers_a ¶_o 1_o isa_n 25.8_o he_o i._n e._n the_o lord_n mention_v in_o the_o former_a verse_n will_v swallow_v up_o death_n in_o victory_n and_o the_o lord_n god_n will_v wipe_v away_o all_o tear_n from_o off_o all_o face_n and_o the_o rebuke_n of_o his_o people_n etc._n etc._n we_o before_o demonstrate_v that_o this_o place_n belong_v to_o the_o glorious_a time_n we_o speak_v of_o sc_n when_o the_o jew_n be_v call_v and_o you_o see_v how_o full_a it_o speak_v to_o the_o thing_n of_o the_o removal_n of_o death_n calvin_n confess_v that_o this_o be_v under_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o add_v under_o christ_n universal_a kingdom_n and_o sure_a christ_n as_o christ_n have_v no_o kingdom_n in_o heaven_n after_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n nor_o universal_a now_o ¶_o 2_o another_o place_n be_v in_o hos_n 13.14_o i_o will_v ransom_n they_o from_o the_o power_n of_o the_o grave_n and_o i_o will_v redeem_v they_o from_o death_n o_o death_n i_o will_v be_v thy_o plague_n o_o grave_n i_o will_v be_v thy_o destruction_n repentance_n shall_v be_v hide_v from_o my_o eye_n which_o place_n be_v evident_o speak_v to_o ephraim_n the_o ten_o tribe_n verse_n 12._o therefore_o this_o can_v relate_v to_o the_o return_n of_o the_o two_o tribe_n from_o babylon_n and_o it_o be_v as_o evident_a that_o more_o than_o a_o spiritual_a deliverance_n of_o a_o man_n soul_n from_o death_n in_o sin_n be_v mean_v in_o that_o here_o be_v join_v deliverance_n from_o the_o grave_n with_o deliverance_n from_o death_n and_o twice_o a_o mention_n of_o grave_n but_o much_o ado_n there_o be_v with_o some_o that_o will_v fain_o make_v this_o text_n a_o continuation_n of_o the_o prophet_n minatory_a speech_n in_o the_o former_a chapter_n but_o the_o word_n be_v plain_a word_n of_o mercy_n and_o a_o prophecy_n of_o mercy_n quote_v by_o paul_n not_o only_o that_o god_n can_v do_v such_o a_o thing_n as_o in_o the_o text_n but_o that_o he_o will_v do_v it_o again_o how_o common_a be_v it_o for_o the_o prophet_n in_o their_o preach_n mifericordias_fw-la cum_fw-la minis_fw-la mifcere_fw-la to_o mingle_v mercy_n with_o minatories_n so_o that_o they_o may_v as_o well_o say_v almost_o that_o the_o 14._o chapter_n be_v a_o continuation_n of_o threaten_n it_o be_v frequent_a in_o this_o prophecy_n to_o make_v threat_n and_o comfort_n so_o take_v their_o turn_n chap._n 1._o chap._n 2._o etc._n etc._n and_o to_o i_o it_o be_v plain_a and_o evident_a that_o as_o it_o be_v note_v in_o our_o english_a translation_n at_o verse_n 9_o begin_v a_o sermon_n of_o mercy_n and_o so_o be_v continue_v to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 14._o verse_n it_o be_v say_v in_o verse_n 9_o o_o israel_n thou_o not_o i_n have_v destroy_v thyself_o thou_o have_v bring_v thy_o misery_n on_o thyself_o but_o i_o will_v be_v thy_o king_n where_o be_v any_o other_o to_o save_v thou_o in_o all_o thy_o city_n so_o plain_o according_a to_o heb._n and_o for_o experience_n the_o lord_n tell_v ephraim_n that_o the_o king_n they_o desire_v and_o have_v can_v not_o save_v they_o and_o therefore_o god_n be_v their_o only_a save_a king_n and_o therefore_o be_v not_o please_v in_o give_v they_o a_o king_n and_o in_o anger_n do_v he_o take_v away_o king_n from_o they_o because_o of_o their_o confidence_n in_o they_o but_o this_o take_v they_o away_o will_v make_v way_n for_o their_o embrace_a god_n for_o their_o king_n according_a to_o that_o which_o follow_v in_o the_o ensue_a promise_n as_o for_o verse_n 12._o the_o iniquity_n of_o ephraim_n be_v bind_v up_o and_o hide_v hide_v as_o well_o sound_v of_o justification_n and_o pardon_v of_o sin_n psal_n 32.1_o rom._n 4.7_o as_o of_o punishment_n and_o for_o the_o 13._o verse_n close_o to_o the_o hebrew_n thus_o sorrow_n of_o a_o woman_n in_o travel_n will_v come_v upon_o he_o viz._n ephraim_n he_o a_o unwise_a son_n schindl_n son_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d if_o vid._n schindl_n if_o he_o shall_v stay_v long_o in_o the_o break_n forth_o of_o child_n i._n e._n in_o the_o straitness_n of_o the_o womb_n i._n e._n if_o by_o repentance_n he_o do_v not_o help_v himself_o out_o of_o his_o sorrow_n but_o however_o verse_n 14._o ay_o say_v the_o lord_n if_o ephraim_n be_v unwise_a and_o help_v not_o himself_o yet_o i_o the_o lord_n will_v ransom_n they_o etc._n etc._n as_o aforesaid_a sure_o enough_o these_o word_n be_v plain_a for_o the_o point_n in_o hand_n even_o as_o both_o those_o two_o place_n aforesaid_a be_v several_a time_n quote_v in_o the_o new_a testament_n and_o apply_v to_o a_o state_n that_o be_v to_o be_v afore_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n ¶_o 3_o for_o 1._o both_o place_n seem_v to_o i_o to_o be_v touch_v in_o 1_o cor._n 15.54_o 55._o as_o our_o new_a note_n on_o the_o bible_n concur_v with_o i_o for_o in_o the_o 54._o verse_n seem_v to_o be_v quote_v isa_n 25.8_o for_o the_o apostle_n word_n be_v plain_o the_o same_o with_o isaiah_n death_n be_v swallow_v up_o in_o victory_n and_o in_o 55._o verse_n seem_v a_o quotation_n of_o hos_n 13.14_o for_o the_o apostle_n challenge_n be_v plain_o according_a to_o hosea_n o_o grave_n where_o be_v thy_o victory_n second_o the_o apostle_n make_v application_n of_o the_o fulfil_n of_o these_o prophecy_n to_o be_v at_o the_o time_n we_o speak_v of_o sc_n of_o the_o visible_a glory_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n for_o which_o observe_v these_o particular_n first_o the_o apostle_n mention_n our_o restitution_n to_o our_o state_n in_o the_o first_o adam_n by_o christ_n the_o second_o adam_n v._o 49._o compare_v with_o psal_n 8._o as_o psal_n 8._o with_o gen._n 1.26_o to_o which_o end_n the_o visible_a glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n be_v set_v out_o by_o have_v a_o fountain_n and_o tree_n of_o life_n allude_v to_o paradise_n rev._n 22._o all_o which_o import_v a_o state_n upon_o earth_n second_o that_o the_o apostle_n mention_n the_o time_n to_o be_v at_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o last_o trumpet_n import_v other_o trumpet_n to_o sound_v first_o so_o that_o the_o last_o trumpet_n be_v the_o seven_o as_o john_n number_v they_o not_o hide_v from_o paul_n now_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n so_o many_o thing_n follow_v as_o we_o have_v several_a time_n demonstrate_v that_o there_o must_v of_o necessity_n be_v a_o state_n of_o the_o church_n visible_a glory_n before_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n for_o when_o rev._n 11.15_o the_o seven_o angel_n sound_v than_o first_o there_o be_v a_o earthquake_n v._o ibid._n second_o a_o proclaim_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n v._o 15._o christ_n shall_v reign_v for_o age_n of_o age_n till_o time_n be_v no_o more_o ibid._n four_o saint_n sing_v praise_n for_o it_o v._o 16_o 17._o five_o christ_n take_v to_o he_o his_o great_a power_n and_o now_o reign_v v._o 17._o six_o nation_n be_v angry_a at_o it_o v._o 18._o seven_o the_o saint_n be_v raise_v and_o reward_v v._o 18._o eight_o a_o destroy_n of_o they_o that_o destroy_v the_o earth_n and_o care_n be_v take_v of_o the_o earth_n v._o 18._o nine_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n be_v open_v and_o the_o ark_n discover_v v._o 19_o ten_o lightining_n and_o thundering_n and_o earthquake_n and_o great_a hail_n v._o 19_o all_o these_o here_o beside_o that_o in_o rev._n 20._o rev._n 21._o rev._n 22._o from_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n to_o the_o end_n of_o it_o now_o let_v any_o ingenuous_a man_n judge_n by_o these_o ten_o particular_n whether_o they_o be_v consistent_a with_o heaven_n above_o and_o whether_o they_o must_v not_o necessary_o import_v a_o state_n on_o earth_n so_o that_o the_o apostle_n here_o in_o this_o 1_o cor._n 15._o mention_v the_o raise_n of_o the_o saint_n the_o clothing_n of_o they_o with_o incorruption_n and_o the_o change_n of_o they_o that_o be_v alive_a &_o quote_v those_o two_o
the_o glorious_a representation_n they_o shall_v have_v the_o word_n for_o inspection_n rev._n 22.14.19_o and_o admiration_n to_o see_v all_o reveal_v and_o all_o fulfil_v they_o shall_v be_v teach_v of_o god_n to_o know_v the_o full_a mind_n of_o that_o word_n and_o they_o themselves_o shall_v see_v with_o their_o eye_n that_o fulfil_v which_o out_o of_o the_o word_n they_o hear_v with_o their_o ear_n so_o that_o their_o joshua_n sc_n jesus_n shall_v say_v to_o they_o according_a to_o their_o experience_n nothing_o have_v fail_v of_o all_o that_o god_n have_v speak_v they_o shall_v have_v the_o effect_n of_o sublime_a purity_n and_o glory_n of_o discipline_n sc_n angelical_a order_n rev._n 21.12_o sc_fw-la 4._o gate_n and_o three_o angel_n at_o every_o gate_n so_o that_o verse_n 25._o though_o the_o gate_n be_v never_o shut_v yet_o verse_n 27._o no_o unclean_a thing_n shall_v enter_v in_o which_o be_v the_o cream_n and_o quintessence_n of_o the_o effect_n of_o all_o discipline_n in_o sum_n as_o then_o the_o labour_n of_o the_o body_n in_o move_v shall_v be_v more_o excellent_a a_o labour-lesse_a labour_n a_o painless_a labour_n a_o pleasant_a labour_n so_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o mind_n shall_v be_v without_o irksomeness_n so_o full_a of_o grace_n that_o all_o act_n of_o grace_n shall_v be_v heavenise_v into_o all_o sweetness_n sect_n v._o the_o five_o privilege_n union_n of_o saint_n throughout_o the_o world_n union_n of_o head_n and_o union_n of_o heart_n sc_n unity_n in_o judgement_n and_o unity_n in_o affection_n zach._n 14.9_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v king_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n in_o that_o day_n there_o shall_v be_v one_o lord_n and_o his_o name_n one_o be_v he_o not_o king_n now_o yea_o but_o not_o so_o actual_o visible_o and_o absolute_o before_o the_o eye_n of_o all_o many_o great_a wicked_a one_o yet_o domineer_a as_o he_o shall_v be_v then_o be_v not_o his_o name_n now_o one_o yes_o in_o itself_o he_o be_v the_o god_n of_o truth_n but_o by_o man_n pretence_n that_o he_o favour_v this_o way_n and_o that_o way_n man_n intimate_v of_o he_o several_a name_n as_o papist_n lutheran_n calvinist_n episcopal_n presbyterian_a independent_a but_o than_o it_o shall_v be_v clear_a which_o be_v the_o only_a way_n of_o truth_n and_o so_o god_n shall_v have_v one_o name_n because_o as_o zeph._n 3.9_o they_o shall_v serve_v the_o lord_n with_o oneness_n of_o consent_n all_o be_v of_o a_o pure_a language_n so_o that_o their_o judgement_n be_v one_o and_o consequent_o their_o practice_n one_o great_a will_v be_v the_o oneness_n of_o affection_n as_o isa_n 11.13_o the_o envy_n of_o ephraim_n shall_v depart_v ephraim_n shall_v not_o envy_v judah_n nor_o judah_n vex_v ephraim_n if_o so_o great_a be_v the_o union_n of_o saint_n in_o the_o first_o fruit_n act._n 4.32_o how_o much_o more_o when_o the_o whole_a lump_n be_v full_o perfect_v sure_o their_o union_n shall_v be_v as_o that_o in_o paradise_n before_o adam_n fall_v the_o history_n of_o dissension_n now_o be_v grievous_a to_o saint_n therefore_o on_o the_o contrary_a how_o sweet_a will_v the_o mystery_n be_v in_o the_o enjoyment_n of_o union_n sect_n vi_o the_o six_o privilege_n honour_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o all_o holy_a thing_n sc_n to_o religion_n and_o religious_a man_n §_o 1_o god_n have_v in_o several_a passage_n you_o hear_v afore_o promise_v to_o take_v away_o the_o reproach_n of_o his_o people_n as_o in_o other_o thing_n so_o in_o religion_n this_o be_v gilgal_n the_o great_a to_o roll_v away_o the_o reproach_n from_o israel_n in_o the_o day_n when_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v convert_v ten_o shall_v take_v hold_n of_o one_o jew_n zach._n 8.23_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v divers_a time_n in_o the_o revelation_n sc_n rev._n 14.1_o rev._n 22.4_o the_o saint_n shall_v have_v the_o name_n of_o their_o father_n in_o their_o forehead_n they_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o ashamed_a of_o their_o religion_n then_o of_o their_o face_n though_o the_o church_n kiss_v christ_n sc_n dear_o embrace_v he_o yet_o shall_v she_o not_o be_v despise_v cant._n 8.1_o hebrew_n i_o will_v find_v thou_o in_o the_o street_n i_o will_v kiss_v thou_o and_o also_o they_o shall_v not_o contemn_v i_o public_a profession_n and_o embrace_v of_o christ_n shall_v not_o be_v despise_v as_o it_o be_v speak_v in_o the_o very_a same_o chap._n of_o canticle_n where_o be_v handle_v the_o call_n of_o the_o jew_n so_o isa_n 49.23_o king_n shall_v be_v thy_o nurse_n rev._n 21._o king_n shall_v bring_v their_o honour_n to_o the_o church_n isa_n 60.13_o the_o glory_n of_o lebanon_n etc._n etc._n shall_v come_v to_o beautify_v my_o sanctuary_n and_o i_o will_v make_v the_o place_n of_o my_o foot_n glorious_a christ_n the_o head_n the_o church_n the_o foot_n and_o there_o christ_n walk_v rev._n 1_o and_o that_o christ_n will_v make_v glorious_a afore_o all_o though_o former_o man_n trample_v yea_o zach._n 9.16_o the_o church_n shall_v be_v as_o the_o stone_n of_o a_o crown_n lift_v up_o not_o as_o stone_n in_o the_o street_n but_o of_o a_o crown_n not_o of_o a_o crown_n fall_v but_o of_o a_o crown_n lift_v up_o zach._n 12.5_o the_o governor_n of_o judah_n shall_v say_v in_o their_o heart_n the_o inhabitant_n of_o jerusalem_n my_o strength_n in_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n we_o know_v that_o of_o late_a day_n governor_n have_v put_v all_o the_o reproachful_a name_n upon_o the_o saint_n and_o church_n of_o the_o pure_a judgement_n and_o profession_n as_o faction_n schism_n puritan_n etc._n etc._n but_o the_o time_n be_v at_o hand_n they_o shall_v be_v convince_v and_o shall_v know_v that_o saint_n be_v the_o best_a man_n the_o interest_n and_o stay_n of_o kingdom_n §_o 2_o let_v the_o consideration_n of_o these_o privilege_n make_v we_o walk_v like_o they_o that_o shall_v see_v these_o time_n let_v the_o dawn_n be_v upon_o we_o now_o the_o sun_n be_v about_o to_o rise_v cleave_v to_o christ_n in_o ordinance_n and_o to_o one_o another_o in_o love_n honour_v they_o most_o that_o have_v most_o holiness_n yea_o let_v this_o comfort_v we_o that_o all_o the_o glorious_a promise_n and_o prophecy_n shall_v then_o be_v fulfil_v finis_fw-la libri_fw-la sexti_fw-la the_o seven_o book_n contain_v a_o essaie_v touch_v the_o time_n when_o this_o future_a glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n probable_o shall_v begin_v chap._n i._n the_o introduction_n unfolding_a and_o cut_v out_o the_o work_n for_o this_o book_n §_o 1_o i_o know_v lubrious_a est_fw-la hic_fw-la locus_fw-la this_o be_v a_o point_n wherein_o my_o pen_n may_v soon_o slip_v and_o as_o soon_o will_v sleight-spirited_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d carp_n and_o over-austere_a cato_n censure_n as_o for_o the_o extremous_a multitude_n who_o motto_n or_o character_n be_v hosanna_n to_o day_n and_o crucify_v to_o morrow_n they_o will_v deify_v if_o a_o man_n hit_v right_a but_o infinite_o vilify_v if_o he_o mistake_v but_o the_o ingenuous_a prudent_a will_v neither_o reckon_v i_o a_o god_n for_o the_o first_o nor_o cypher_n i_o into_o less_o than_o a_o man_n for_o the_o second_o the_o best_a of_o man_n in_o such_o a_o labyrinth_n and_o less_o have_v mistake_v upon_o this_o ground_n i_o take_v my_o trip_n christo_fw-la deuce_fw-la the_o lord_n be_v my_o leader_n §_o 2_o and_o the_o better_a to_o stave_v off_o some_o blow_n i_o shall_v take_v into_o i_o the_o guard_n of_o other_o learned_a pious_a man_n judgement_n and_o present_v the_o reader_n with_o variety_n of_o account_n with_o their_o ground_n and_o thence_o let_v he_o not_o i_o prophesy_v if_o any_o will_v so_o call_v it_o §_o 3_o the_o work_n we_o have_v to_o do_v in_o relation_n to_o this_o be_v ##_o ¶_o 1_o to_o give_v the_o reader_n several_a prognostic_n show_v indefinite_o that_o this_o glorious_a state_n of_o thing_n be_v not_o far_o off_o ¶_o 2_o to_o cast_v up_o the_o several_a computation_n find_v in_o the_o scripture_n point_v at_o a_o determinate_a time_n when_o most_o probable_o this_o state_n shall_v begin_v chap._n ii_o hold_v forth_o the_o several_a prognostic_n that_o the_o glorious_a time_n we_o speak_v of_o be_v not_o far_o off_o but_o now_o approach_v especial_o in_o the_o introduction_n thereunto_o viz._n the_o call_v of_o the_o jew_n sect_n i._o the_o first_o prognostic_n the_o expiration_n of_o account_n §_o 1_o in_o the_o first_o place_n several_a number_n of_o year_n prophesy_v to_o forerun_v the_o commencement_n of_o this_o state_n be_v now_o almost_o expire_v i_o shall_v now_o but_o touch_n and_o but_o some_o of_o they_o intend_v by_o god_n assistance_n to_o give_v you_o as_o i_o be_o enable_v a_o more_o exact_a account_n in_o the_o three_o chapter_n ¶_o 1_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o day_n that_o be_v year_n foretell_v dan._n
month_n when_o as_o he_o shall_v lie_v sick_a a_o great_a part_n of_o they_o yea_o he_o shall_v be_v as_o it_o be_v slay_v by_o mean_n of_o his_o wound_a head_n this_o space_n of_o time_n do_v seem_v therefore_o to_o contain_v the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o tyranny_n of_o antichrist_n yet_o so_o that_o the_o time_n of_o his_o wound_n while_o it_o be_v sore_o be_v take_v away_o from_o it_o now_o we_o have_v show_v that_o this_o time_n of_o his_o crazinesse_n be_v define_v within_o the_o time_n of_o the_o goths*_n âŽ_o *_o kingdom_n verse_n 3._o which_o last_v for_o a_o hundred_o and_o forty_o year_n if_o we_o shall_v therefore_o take_v away_o these_o year_n from_o the_o month_n of_o the_o woman_n lurk_v we_o shall_v find_v that_o at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o lurk_a namely_o at_o the_o year_n 1546._o thirty_o seven_o month_n ☞_o ☞_o only_o the_o count_n be_v self_n according_a to_o mr._n brightman_n and_o ten_o day_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n when_o it_o be_v in_o vigour_n be_v pass_v over_o five_o month_n therefore_o and_o twenty_o day_n be_v want_v hereto_o which_o if_o we_o reckon_v from_o the_o year_n 1546._o the_o last_o end_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v expire_v at_o the_o year_n 1686._o or_o thereabouts_o for_o so_o we_o shall_v learn_v out_o of_o other_o scripture_n that_o he_o shall_v perish_v utter_o about_o that_o time_n it_o may_v be_v that_o his_o destruction_n may_v come_v soon_o than_o this_o term_n of_o year_n define_v for_o i_o do_v not_o cast_v the_o account_n accurate_o at_o this_o time_n neither_o do_v the_o historian_n number_v the_o year_n so_o faithful_o as_o they_o ought_v but_o he_o shall_v not_o be_v suffer_v to_o go_v beyond_o the_o further_a space_n that_o i_o have_v set_v down_o but_o perhaps_o these_o month_n be_v not_o the_o space_n from_o the_o first_o beginning_n to_o the_o last_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o only_o the_o former_a year_n of_o his_o kingdom_n which_o may_v be_v many_o enough_o to_o lay_v he_o open_a so_o as_o he_o may_v be_v reveal_v to_o all_o man_n and_o by_o this_o interpretation_n as_o he_o begin_v together_o with_o the_o month_n of_o the_o woman_n and_o the_o prophet_n so_o he_o take_v his_o end_n also_o with_o they_o this_o opinion_n be_v confirm_v by_o the_o war_n with_o the_o saint_n in_o verse_n 7._o which_o we_o have_v show_v fall_v into_o the_o end_n of_o these_o month_n chap._n 12.7_o and_o by_o this_o interpretation_n the_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o have_v power_n of_o work_v two_o and_o forty_o month_n for_o the_o great_a part_n of_o these_o month_n because_o that_o little_a respire_v of_o time_n wherein_o he_o shall_v keep_v in_o his_o horn_n because_o of_o his_o wound_a head_n be_v little_a to_o be_v reckon_v of_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o whole_a number_n month_n number_n let_v the_o reader_n if_o he_o please_v remember_v that_o whereas_o mr._n brightman_n think_v antichrist_n be_v wound_v by_o the_o goth_n note_v afore_o at_o *_o âŽ_o *_o according_a to_o rcusner_n express_v afore_o in_o his_o account_n sect._n 1._o the_o goth_n wound_v the_o emperor_n and_o empire_n not_o the_o pope_n and_o popedom_n but_o the_o say_a pope_n and_o popedom_n rather_o get_v head_n and_o bear_v it_o and_o health_n and_o strength_n by_o the_o goth_n wound_v of_o the_o empire_n which_o grant_v mr._n brightman_n knot_n be_v quite_o remove_v touch_v the_o five_o month_n neither_o be_v his_o power_n which_o shall_v be_v afterward_o like_o that_o of_o his_o former_a time_n as_o experience_n show_v at_o this_o day_n wherein_o we_o see_v the_o pope_n power_n to_o be_v make_v to_o languish_v and_o to_o be_v weaken_v much_o from_o the_o time_n of_o his_o profess_a and_o pitch_a battle_n that_o be_v from_o the_o council_n of_o trent_n so_o that_o his_o power_n be_v now_o almost_o none_o at_o all_o to_o that_o which_o it_o be_v in_o former_a age_n this_o latter_a be_v more_o simple_a in_o which_o regard_n i_o like_v it_o better_o thus_o mr._n brightman_n now_o according_a to_o this_o account_n antichrist_n shall_v be_v full_o down_o about_o seven_o and_o twenty_o year_n hence_o sect_n v._o alsteds_n account_n he_o give_v it_o you_o propheticarum_fw-la you_o alsted_n xii_o chronologia_fw-la epocharum_fw-la propheticarum_fw-la in_o this_o sorme_n and_o the_o word_n as_o near_o as_o i_o can_v translate_v and_o imitate_v he_o for_o your_o best_a understanding_n the_o apocalyptical_a volume_n or_o commentary_n apocalypticum_fw-la commentary_n syngramma_fw-la apocalypticum_fw-la three_o time_n seven_o mystical_a character_n septem_fw-la character_n hierogly_n phicater_v septem_fw-la the_o threefold_a state_n of_o the_o church_n  _fw-fr the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n i._o the_o 6_o former_a of_o the_o 7_o seal_n contain_v the_o time_n from_o the_o the_o 35_o year_n of_o christ_n to_o the_o 606_o year_n  _fw-fr i._n for_o a_o time_n from_o the_o year_n of_o christ_n 35_o to_o the_o year_n 606._o i._o the_o ancient_a beast_n or_o the_o primary_n sole_o ii_o the_o six_o former_a of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n from_o the_o year_n of_o christ_n 606._o to_o the_o year_n 1517._o 1_o alternative_a or_o vicissitudinarious_a ii_o for_o time_n from_o the_o year_n 606._o to_o the_o year_n 1517._o ii_o the_o ancient_a or_o primary_n and_o secundary_a iii_o the_o six_o former_a of_o the_o seven_o phial_o from_o the_o year_n 1517._o to_o the_o year_n 1694_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n and_o seven_o phial_n 2_o happy_a on_o earth_n for_o a_o 1000_o year_n iii_o for_o half_n a_o time_n from_o the_o year_n of_o christ_n 1517._o to_o the_o year_n 1694._o iii_o the_o ancient_a beast_n alive_a again_o 3_o most_o happy_a in_o heaven_n  _fw-fr  _fw-fr  _fw-fr they_o that_o be_v inquisitive_a to_o know_v how_o he_o give_v a_o particular_a account_n of_o these_o period_n may_v if_o they_o understand_v the_o latin_a tongue_n or_o by_o the_o help_n of_o such_o friend_n look_v into_o alsted_n himself_o in_o the_o forecited_n place_n or_o into_o mr._n mede_n in_o english_a diatrib_n par_fw-fr 4._o p._n 453._o whither_o i_o refer_v they_o lest_o i_o shall_v be_v needlesse_o tedious_a to_o my_o friend_n that_o fear_v the_o prolixity_n of_o this_o treatise_n which_o therefore_o i_o prevent_v all_o i_o can_v §_o 3_o so_o that_o by_o this_o account_n the_o beginning_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n will_v not_o be_v far_o off_o about_o one_o and_o forty_o year_n hence_o sect_n vi_o mr._n mede_n account_n §_o 1_o in_o his_o diatrib_n par._n 4._o page_n 87._o he_o give_v we_o this_o account_n have_v say_v page_n 83._o though_o christianity_n have_v be_v embrace_v in_o former_a time_n where_o now_o it_o be_v not_o yet_o it_o be_v now_o spread_v in_o those_o place_n where_o in_o those_o time_n it_o be_v not_o so_o that_o all_o lay_v together_o we_o may_v account_v christianity_n at_o this_o day_n as_o large_a as_o ever_o it_o be_v in_o the_o apostle_n time_n yet_o that_o this_o be_v not_o that_o universal_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n that_o flourish_a and_o glorious_a estate_n of_o the_o church_n which_o we_o yet_o expect_v and_o hope_v for_o my_o reason_n be_v these_o i_o say_v mr._n mede_n have_v say_v these_o thing_n in_o page_n 83_o and_o in_o page_n 84_o 85_o 86_o have_v give_v several_a of_o the_o say_a reason_n then_o in_o the_o say_v 87._o page_n aforequoted_n he_o add_v my_o next_o reason_n say_v he_o shall_v be_v from_o that_o we_o read_v in_o the_o revelation_n where_o the_o church_n by_o the_o conquest_n of_o michael_n set_v free_a from_o the_o dragon_n fury_n be_v say_v to_o escape_v into_o the_o wilderness_n i.e._n into_o a_o state_n though_o of_o safety_n and_o peace_n and_o security_n yet_o of_o hardship_n misery_n and_o scarcity_n for_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o the_o israelite_n escape_v the_o tyranny_n of_o pharaoh_n by_o go_v into_o the_o wilderness_n in_o this_o wilderness_n or_o place_n of_o hardship_n &c_n &c_n the_o church_n must_v remain_v say_v st._n john_n a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_o a_o time_n or_o as_o he_o elsewhere_o speak_v one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n i.e._n a_o year_n year_n and_o half_o a_o year_n and_o when_o this_o time_n shall_v be_v expire_v that_o be_v as_o learned_a divine_n think_v when_o so_o many_o year_n shall_v be_v end_v as_o those_o day_n be_v take_v the_o beginning_n of_o our_o reckon_n from_o michael_n trophy_n then_o say_v our_o apostle_n shall_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o rev._n 11.15_o whereby_o it_o shall_v seem_v that_o the_o church_n be_v yet_o in_o the_o wilderness_n and_o that_o the_o promise_a happiness_n of_o the_o ample_a and_o flourish_a glory_n thereof_o before_o the_o end_n of_o